| 1 | The varactor is a type of pn junction that acts as which of the ___ |
| 2 | The Darlington pair consists of the following two stages ___ |
| 3 | Each of two cascaded stages has a voltage gain of ___ |
| 4 | Which of the following represents ___ |
| 5 | Which of the following amplifier circuit using junction transistor has the best gain ___ |
| 6 | Which of the following is not provided in a ___ |
| 7 | A quiescent state of a transistor implies ___ |
| 8 | A FET has ___ |
| 9 | Which of the following is correct statement ___ |
| 10 | When a transistor is connected in common emitter mode, it will have ___ |
| 11 | Which class of amplifiers operates with leas distortion ___ |
| 12 | The leakage current in CE configuration may be ___ |
| 13 | Emitter region in NPN transistor is more heavily doped than base region so that ___ |
| 14 | A FET has a gate source bias of ___ |
| 15 | Which of the following circuit would be preferred for a ___ |
| 16 | Common emitter transistor has ___ |
| 17 | Common base configuration is little used because ___ |
| 18 | Which junction transistor is preferred for high input an low output impedance ___ |
| 19 | As compared to a CB amplifier, a CE amplifier has ___ |
| 20 | The input and output signals for CE amplifier are ___ |
| 21 | The leakage current in CB configuration may be ___ |
| 22 | Thermal run away of a transistor occurs when ___ |
| 23 | In a transistor leakage current mainly depends on ___ |
| 24 | In a PNP junction transistor as compared to base region the emitter region is ___ |
| 25 | In a PNP transistor the electron flow into the transistor at ___ |
| 26 | In a transistor with normal bias ___ |
| 27 | Which circuit has its output signal from the emitter ___ |
| 28 | Which of the amplifier circuits using junction transistors has ___ |
| 29 | A triac is a semi-conductor device which acts as a ___ |
| 30 | Which of the following is necessary for transistor action ___ |
| 31 | In a NPN transistor, when emitter junction is forward biased and collector junction is reverse biased the ___ |
| 32 | A diac is a semi-conductor device which acts as a ___ |
| 33 | In a normally biased NPN transistor the main current crossing the ___ |
| 34 | In a NPN transistor if the emitter junction is reverse biased and collector junction is also reversed biased, he transistor ___ |
| 35 | Which of the following number specification refers to FET with one gate ___ |
| 36 | Conventional biasing of a bipolar transistor has ___ |
| 37 | Largest current flow of a bipolar transistor occurs ___ |
| 38 | The heat sink disposes off heat mainly by ___ |
| 39 | Arrow head on a transistor symbol indicates ___ |
| 40 | The transistor is usually encapsuled in ___ |
| 41 | A transistor may fail due to ___ |
| 42 | Most small signal transistors are ___ |
| 43 | Which of the following statement is correct ___ |
| 44 | In a PNP transistor, electrons flow ___ |
| 45 | A transistor will operate in inverted region when ___ |
| 46 | In a NPN transistor, when emitter junction is forward biased and collector junction is reverse biased, the ___ |
| 47 | In a PNP transistor, with normal bias, the emitter junction ___ |
| 48 | In a NPN transistor the function of the emitter is ___ |
| 49 | In a transistor which of the following region is very lightly doped and ___ |
| 50 | In most transistors, the collector region is made physically larger than the ___ |
| 51 | A PNP transistor is made of ___ |
| 52 | In a PNP transistor, with normal bias ___ |
| 53 | A collector collects ___ |
| 54 | The bipolar transistors or JFETs in a multivibrator are usually connected in ___ |
| 55 | If the load impedance for an oscillator is too high ___ |
| 56 | A ferromagnetic-core coil is preferred for use in the tuned circuit of an RF oscillator ___ |
| 57 | A frequency synthesizer has ___ |
| 58 | A varactor diode ___ |
| 59 | A radio-frequency oscillator usually ___ |
| 60 | The different sounds of musical instruments are primarily the result of ___ |
| 61 | The frequency at which a crystal oscillator functions is determined mainly by ___ |
| 62 | An advantage of a crystal-controlled oscillator over a VFO is ___ |
| 63 | An oscillator might fail to start for any of the following reasons except ___ |
| 64 | Ferromagnetic coil cores are not generally good for use in RF oscillators because ___ |
| 65 | An RF choke ___ |
| 66 | A tapped coil is used in a(n) ___ |
| 67 | In an oscillator circuit, the feedback should be ___ |
| 68 | A Colpitts oscillator can be recognized by ___ |
| 69 | Oscillation requires ___ |
| 70 | Negative feedback in an amplifier ___ |
| 71 | A loading control in a tuned PA ___ |
| 72 | A tuned PA must always be ___ |
| 73 | A broadband PA is ___ |
| 74 | A certain bipolar-transistor PA is 66 percent efficient ___ |
| 75 | A disadvantage of transfer coupling, as opposed to capacitive coupling, is that ___ |
| 76 | A graphic equalizer is a form of ___ |
| 77 | Which of the following amplifier classes generally needs the most driving power? |
| 78 | How can a class-C amplifier be made linear? |
| 79 | How can a class-B amplifier be made suitable for hi-fi audio applications? |
| 80 | Which bipolar amplifier type has some distortion in the signal wave, with collector current during most, but not all, of the cycle? |
| 81 | Which of the following amplifier types produces the least distortion of the signal waveform? |
| 82 | In which of the following FET amplifier types does drain current flow for 50 percent of the signal cycle? |
| 83 | A class-A circuit would not work well as ___ |
| 84 | The capacitance values in an amplifier circuit depend on ___ |
| 85 | A resistor between the base of an NPN bipolar transistor and the positive supply voltage is used to ___ |
| 86 | A power gain of 44 dB is equivalent to an output/input power ratio of ___ |
| 87 | A device has a voltage gain of 23 dB ___ |
| 88 | A gain of _15 dB in a circuit means that ___ |
| 89 | If a circuit has a voltage-amplification factor of 20, then the voltage gain is ___ |
| 90 | The decibel is a unit of ___ |
| 91 | Which of the following circuits generally has the greatest gain? |
| 92 | Which of the following circuits has its output 180 degrees out of phase with its input? |
| 93 | In a source follower, which of the electrodes of the FET receives the input signal? |
| 94 | An enhancement-mode MOSFET can be recognized in schematic diagrams by ___ |
| 95 | When an enhancement-mode MOSFET is at zero bias ___ |
| 96 | The channel in a zero-biased JFET is normally ___ |
| 97 | An advantage of MOSFETs over JFETs is that ___ |
| 98 | The input impedance of a MOSFET ___ |
| 99 | A disadvantage of a MOS component is that ___ |
| 100 | Characteristic curves for JFETs generally show ___ |
| 101 | Transconductance is the ratio of ___ |
| 102 | When a JFET is pinched off ___ |
| 103 | A JFET circuit essentially never has ___ |
| 104 | The gate of a JFET has ___ |
| 105 | A JFET is sometimes biased at or beyond pinchoff in ___ |
| 106 | In a P-channel JFET ___ |
| 107 | A JFET might work better than a bipolar transistor in ___ |
| 108 | The current consists mainly of holes when a JFET ___ |
| 109 | In an N-channel JFET, pinchoff occurs when the gate bias is ___ |
| 110 | The current through the channel of a JFET is directly affected by all of the following except ___ |
| 111 | The gain of a transistor in a common-emitter circuit is 100 at a frequency of 1000 Hz ___ |
| 112 | The input signal to a transistor amplifier results in saturation during part of the cycle ___ |
| 113 | In a common-base circuit, the output is taken from the ___ |
| 114 | The configuration noted for its stability in radio- frequency power amplifiers is the ___ |
| 115 | The input is applied to the collector in ___ |
| 116 | The greatest possible amplification is obtained in ___ |
| 117 | The output is in phase with the input in a ___ |
| 118 | The configuration most often used for matching a high input impedance to a low output impedance puts signal ground at ___ |
| 119 | In a common-emitter circuit, the gain bandwidth product is ___ |
| 120 | When a transistor is conducting as much as it possibly can, it is said to be ___ |
| 121 | With no signal input, a bipolar transistor would have the least IC when ___ |
| 122 | The current through a transistor depends on ___ |
| 123 | In the dual-diode model of an NPN transistor, the emitter corresponds to ___ |
| 124 | A bipolar transistor has ___ |
| 125 | In many cases, a PNP transistor can be replaced with an NPN device and the circuit will do the same thing, provided that ___ |
| 126 | In a PNP circuit, the collector ___ |
| 127 | To service a power supply with which you are not completely familiar, you should ___ |
| 128 | Bleeder resistors are ___ |
| 129 | A fuse with nothing but a straight wire inside is probably ___ |
| 130 | If a fuse blows, and it is replaced with one having a lower current rating, there’s a good chance that ___ |
| 131 | Transient suppression minimizes the chance of ___ |
| 132 | A current surge takes place when a power supply is first turned on because ___ |
| 133 | Voltage regulation can be accomplished by a Zener diode connected in ___ |
| 134 | If you needed exceptionally good ripple filtering for a power supply, the best approach would be to ___ |
| 135 | Which of the following would make the best filter for a power supply? |
| 136 | The ripple frequency from a full-wave rectifier is ___ |
| 137 | A transformer secondary provides 10 V rms to a voltage-doubler circuit ___ |
| 138 | The principal disadvantage of a voltage multiplier is ___ |
| 139 | If a full-wave bridge circuit is used with a transformer whose secondary provides 50 V rms, the PIV across the diodes is about ___ |
| 140 | If a half-wave rectifier is used with 117-V rms ac (house mains), the average dc output voltage is about ___ |
| 141 | The part of a power supply immediately preceding the regulator is ___ |
| 142 | In a supply designed to provide high power at low voltage, the best rectifier design would probably be ___ |
| 143 | An advantage of full-wave bridge rectification is ___ |
| 144 | ___ Of the following appliances, which would need the biggest transformer? |
| 145 | Which of the following might not be needed in a power supply ___ |
| 146 | The output of a rectifier is ___ |
| 147 | A photodiode, when not used as a photovoltaic cell, has ___ |
| 148 | An oscillator employs ___ feedback |
| 149 | The frequency of oscillation is L and C in an LC oscillator ___ |
| 150 | Increasing the overall Beta is an advantage of ___ |
| 151 | The largest theoretical voltage gain obtained with a common collector amplifier is ___ |
| 152 | The final stage of an amplifier uses ___ coupling |
| 153 | In order to have more voltage gain from a transformer amplifier the transistor used should have ___ |
| 154 | If an amplifier has a power gain of 100, then its dB gain is ___ |
| 155 | In transistor amplifiers, what transformer is used for impedance matching? |
| 156 | The ___ the voltage regulation, the better the operation of the voltage supply circuit |
| 157 | A dc voltage supply provides 60V when the output is unloaded ___ |
| 158 | Transformer coupling is generally employed when load resistance is ___ |
| 159 | The efficiency of class AB operation has a maximum of between ___ percent |
| 160 | Class C operation can have ___ percent efficiency |
| 161 | Why is transformer coupling provides high frequency? |
| 162 | What class of operation has little use in general purpose amplifiers, but is used in high frequency oscillators? |
| 163 | What class of operation is used where a portion of a signal only is required, such as the synchronizing pulse separator of a television receiver? |
| 164 | What class of operation is used either where the signal needs to be cut in half, such as in pulse detector or noise detectors or where push-pull operation of two stages is required? |
| 165 | What class of operation is used for general amplification where no distortion can be tolerated? |
| 166 | Feedback factor is always ___ |
| 167 | The gain of an amplifier ___ when negative feedback is added |
| 168 | What coupling provides maximum voltage gain? |
| 169 | Practically, the voltage gain of an amplifier is expressed ___ |
| 170 | What oscillator is used on order to produce frequencies in the microwave region? |
| 171 | To amplify dc signals, multistage amplifier uses what coupling? |
| 172 | The general characteristics of a common base amplifier are ___ |
| 173 | Which of the following describes a common collector amplifier? |
| 174 | The operating point is generally located at ___ of dc load line in class A operation |
| 175 | Power amplifiers handle ___ signals |
| 176 | Which frequency produces the highest noise factor? |
| 177 | The capacitors are considered in the dc equivalent circuit of a transistor amplifier ___ |
| 178 | What is the basic purpose of applying negative feedback to an amplifier? |
| 179 | A feedback circuit is ___ frequency |
| 180 | If the noise factor of an ideal amplifier expressed in dB, then it is ___ |
| 181 | An amplifier configuration where the input signal is led to the emitter terminal and the output from the collector terminal is called ___ |
| 182 | An electronic transfer from one stage to the next is termed as ___ |
| 183 | What is the typical value of coupling capacitor Cc in RC coupling? |
| 184 | Transformer coupling is used for ___ amplification |
| 185 | An instrument use to measure ones location in terms of coordinates ___ |
| 186 | A type of filter which is having a single continuous transmission band with neither the upper nor the lower cut-off frequencies being zero or infinite is called ___ |
| 187 | What is the advantage of RC coupling scheme? |
| 188 | The driver transformer has center- tapped secondary to provide ___ |
| 189 | A type of oscillator wherein the frequency is determined by the charge and discharge of resistor-capacitor networks used in conjunction with amplifiers or similar devices ___ |
| 190 | To obtain the frequency response curve of an amplifier ___ is kept constant |
| 191 | The input impedance of an amplifier ___ when negative current feedback is applied |
| 192 | The input impedance of an amplifier ___ when negative voltage feedback is applied |
| 193 | The voltage gain over mid- frequency range in an RC coupled amplifier ___ |
| 194 | A tuned amplifier uses what load? |
| 195 | When the non-linear distortion in an amplifier is D without feedback, with negative voltage feedback it will be ___ |
| 196 | What circuit increases the peak -to-peak voltage, current or power of a signal? |
| 197 | An ammeter’s ideal resistance should be ___ |
| 198 | The conductivity of semiconductor depends on ___ |
| 199 | In an Intrinsic semi conductor, the mobility of electrons in a conduction band is ___ |
| 200 | Which one of the following material is not a semiconductor material ___ |
| 201 | Conduction of electrons will have more mobility than the ___ |
| 202 | The forbidden energy gap of germanium is ___ |
| 203 | In a semiconductor the movement of holes is ___ |
| 204 | Avalanche breakdown in a semiconductor diode occurs when ___ |
| 205 | In Zener diode large reverse current is due to ___ |
| 206 | An example of solid state device is ___ |
| 207 | An ideal voltage source will charge an ___ |
| 208 | The process of electron emission from the surface of a metal into the surrounding space by ___ |
| 209 | A practical current source is usually represented by ___ |
| 210 | A Vacuum diode is ___ |
| 211 | A Thyratron is ___ |
| 212 | In a conductor the valence band and the ___ |
| 213 | The Covalent bond is formed by ___ |
| 214 | When a thyristor turn on, the gate drive ___ |
| 215 | In the depletion region in the P-N junction there are ___ |
| 216 | Highest operating frequency can be expected in case of ___ |
| 217 | Which one of the following is expected to have the ___ |
| 218 | The cascaded amplifier which is often used in ___ |
| 219 | When n-channel depletion type MOSFET are used in enhanced mode ___ |
| 220 | Which of the following is not true in case of ___ |
| 221 | Which one of the following is a unipolar device ___ |
| 222 | The input gate current of FET is close to ___ |
| 223 | The properties of JFET resemble those of ___ |
| 224 | A Junction Field Effect Transistor can operate in ___ |
| 225 | Which of the following is the point of ___ |
| 226 | Which of the following statement is false? |
| 227 | Which of the following is the fastest switching device ___ |
| 228 | A bipolar transistor is a ___ controlled device |
| 229 | A dc amplifiers ___ |
| 230 | Which of the following circuits can operate class AB for ___ |
| 231 | Complementary symmetry use two transistors that ___ |
| 232 | Which coupling produces the minimum interference with ___ |
| 233 | How many cascaded stages of CE amplifiers will result in polarity inversion of ___ |
| 234 | Three cascaded stages have gains of ___ |
| 235 | In oscillators class C operation is preferred ___ |
| 236 | The circuit consisting of two transistors connected in series with ___ |
| 237 | Which of the following combinations has no phase inversion of ___ |
| 238 | In amplifiers, the parasitic oscillations result due to ___ |
| 239 | Robotic manipulator arms mostly use ___ |
| 240 | Oscillators MCQ Questions and Answers |
| 241 | What is a pentragrid converter? |
| 242 | #VALUE! |
| 243 | What is the complex impedance of a circuit with an absolute resistance of 300 ohm(s)? |
| 244 | Which of the following elements is active? |
| 245 | Which of the statements below is true? |
| 246 | In an RL series circuit ___ |
| 247 | A multistage amplifier uses at least how many transistors? |
| 248 | AC load line has a/an slope compared to that of dc load line ___ |
| 249 | The input capacitor in an amplifier is called ___ capacitor |
| 250 | The number of stages that can be directly coupled is limited because ___ |
| 251 | Which transistor configuration offers no phase reversal at the output? |
| 252 | Which configuration has the lowest current gain? |
| 253 | The basic concept of the electric wave filter was originated by ___ |
| 254 | To obtain good gain stability in a negative feedback amplifier, AB is ___ |
| 255 | What is the time taken by the electrons or holes to pass from the emitter to the collector? |
| 256 | The bandwidth of a single stage amplifier is that of multistage amplifier ___ |
| 257 | What is the purpose of RC or transformer coupling? |
| 258 | The value of collector load resistance in a transistor amplifier is ___ the output impedance of the transistor |
| 259 | Which is not a basic BJT amplifier configuration? |
| 260 | The collector current in an common base configuration is equal to ___ |
| 261 | If gain without feedback and feedback factor are A and þ respectively, then gain with negative feedback is given by ___ |
| 262 | Class C is an amplifier whose output current flows for ___ |
| 263 | What represents common-emitter small signal input resistance? |
| 264 | Amplitude distortion is otherwise known as ___ distortion |
| 265 | An AF transformer is shielded to ___ |
| 266 | What is a non-linear type of amplifier? |
| 267 | Which power amplifier has the highest collector efficiency? |
| 268 | Which is used to establish a fixed level of current or voltage in a transistor? |
| 269 | What happens if the input capacitor of a transistor amplifier is short-circuited? |
| 270 | In a class A amplifier, the output signal is ___ |
| 271 | Oscillators operate on the principle of ___ |
| 272 | What is the operating point in the characteristic curve called? |
| 273 | An oscillator produces ___ oscillations |
| 274 | What is the point of intersection of dc and ac load lines called? |
| 275 | The coupling capacitor Cc must be large enough to ___ in an RC coupling scheme |
| 276 | Which amplifier whose output current flows for the entire cycle? |
| 277 | What type of coupling is generally used in power amplifiers? |
| 278 | What linear circuit compares two input signals and provides a digital level output depending on the relationship of the input signals? |
| 279 | What piece of equipment in an oscilloscope is used to indicate pulse condition in a digital logic circuit? |
| 280 | Which of the following is considered an amplifier figure of merit? |
| 281 | If a transistor is operated in such a way that output current flows for 160 degrees of the input signal, then it is ___ operation |
| 282 | The voltage gain of a common collector configuration is ___ |
| 283 | Which of the following amplifier is considered linear? |
| 284 | #VALUE! |
| 285 | A mechanism for carrier motion in semiconductors which occurs when an electric field is applied across a piece of silicon ___ |
| 286 | The gate-to-0 source on voltage if an n-channel enhancement mode MOSFET is ___ |
| 287 | The preferred form of biasing a JFET amplifier is through the ___ |
| 288 | Boltzmann’s constant is equivalent to ___ |
| 289 | Thermal voltage Vt is approximately equal to ___ at room temperature (20 ºC) |
| 290 | An ideal diode ___ |
| 291 | An electron in the conduction band ___ |
| 292 | When PN junction is connected to a battery in such a way that P-side is connected to negative terminal of the battery and positive terminal to N-side, this connections is known as ___ |
| 293 | When PN junction is connected to a battery in such a way that P-side is connected to positive terminal of the battery and negative terminal to N-side, this connections is known as ___ |
| 294 | When charges are forced to move by the electric field of a potential difference, ___ current is said to flow |
| 295 | A positive charge outside the nucleus which is present only in semiconductor due to unfilled covalent bonds |
| 296 | It is a stable positive charge in the nucleus that is not free to move ___ |
| 297 | Which of the following doping elements have a valence of 3 ___ |
| 298 | Which of the following doping elements have a valence of 4 ___ |
| 299 | Which of the following doping elements have a valence of 5 ___ |
| 300 | When a diode is forward biased, the recombination of free electrons and holes may produce ___ |
| 301 | An intrinsic semiconductor has some holes in it at room temperature ___ |
| 302 | How many protons does the nucleus of a silicon atom contain ___ |
| 303 | The nucleus of a copper atom contains how many protons ___ |
| 304 | Reverse recovery time of the diode is computed as the ___ of the storage time and transition interval from the forward to reverse bias |
| 305 | The maximum temperature the diode can operate before burning ___ |
| 306 | The reduction of power handling capability of the diode due to the increase of ambient temperature form room temperature ___ |
| 307 | What extrinsic semiconductor is produced when a trivalent atom is added to the molten silicon ___ |
| 308 | Which of the items below is not a pentavalent atom ___ |
| 309 | An extrinsic semiconductor produces ___ when a pentavalent atom is added to the molten silicon |
| 310 | The amount of time between the creation and disappearance of a free electron ___ |
| 311 | The merging of a free electron and a hole inside the silicon crystal ___ |
| 312 | What term is used to refer to the vacancy left by the free electron when it departs from its original shell ___ |
| 313 | What term is used to describe the released electrons dislodged from its original shell due to the increase in temperature which joins into a larger orbit ___ |
| 314 | What refers to the temperature of the surrounding air ___ |
| 315 | When an atom has bound electrons, it is described as ___ |
| 316 | The eight electrons which are tightly held by the atom are called ___ |
| 317 | The sharing of valence electrons to produce a chemically stable atom ___ |
| 318 | It is an arrangement of silicon atoms combine to form a solid such that there are now 8 electrons in the valence shell ___ |
| 319 | Which of the items below is not taking place inside a silicon crystal ___ |
| 320 | Which of the following is considered as the best conductor ___ |
| 321 | What type of material usually has four valence electrons ___ |
| 322 | What type of material usually has one valence electron ___ |
| 323 | The energy gap for germanium made semiconductor is ___ |
| 324 | The energy gap for semiconductors made of silicon is ___ |
| 325 | Approximate energy gap in insulator is ___ |
| 326 | An energy band in which electrons can move freely ___ |
| 327 | The highest energy band of an atom which can be filled with electrons ___ |
| 328 | Which of the following items is not a type of material ___ |
| 329 | The reason why electrons are not pulled in the positive charged nucleus is because of the ___ which usually became exactly equals the inward attraction of the nucleus |
| 330 | What are the electrons at the outermost shell which are usually weakly attracted by the core such that an outside force can easily dislodge these electrons from the atom ___ |
| 331 | What term is used to describe the outermost shell of an atom ___ |
| 332 | What is approximate mass of an electron at rest ___ |
| 333 | What particles are of zero charge and zero mass ___ |
| 334 | The break up of nuclei into nuclear fragments that are themselves nuclei is called ___ |
| 335 | Electron emitted by the mechanical impact of an ion striking a surface is called ___ |
| 336 | The ___ as fundamental particle is considered as a bundle of radiant energy or light, the amount energy being related to the frequency |
| 337 | Present atomic theories place the mass and positive charge of an atom in a central nucleus composed of protons and ___ |
| 338 | Which of the items below is not true with a of a transistor ___ |
| 339 | It is also known as a solid state lamp which utilizes the fall of an electron from the conduction level to the valence level to develop an energy release in the form of heat or light ___ |
| 340 | It refers to any of the over 100 different substances which have never been separated into simpler substances by chemical means and which alone or in combination constitute all matter ___ |
| 341 | Its maximum amount of reverse voltage which can be applied on a diode before breakdown point is reached ___ |
| 342 | Which of the items below describes an RF amplifier which will amplify a weak signal voltage in relatively the same proportion as it will amplify a stronger signal voltage ___ |
| 343 | Termed as unwanted oscillation that may occur in most any type of circuits, oscillator, amplifier, power supply, receiver and transmitters ___ |
| 344 | It is the process by which atoms are constantly losing and regaining free electrons |
| 345 | A unijunction transistor is a three terminal consisting of ___ semiconductor layers |
| 346 | An amplifier has an output power of 3 watts. Determine the power output level with reference to 1 mW ___ |
| 347 | Impedance matching in circuit is important for ___ transfer of energy |
| 348 | When the transistors are used in video amplifiers, its main limitation is ___ |
| 349 | When the electron transmit time through the base region is very short, this ___ |
| 350 | What is the most important factor of a power transistor ___ |
| 351 | When transistor applications call for a temperature operating condition which exceeds 185 ºF, which element is most suitable ___ |
| 352 | The maximum operating frequency of a transistor should be ___ percent of the frequency cut-off of the transistor to ensure best performance |
| 353 | The drift transistor has a high frequency cut off ___ |
| 354 | The current gain of an emitter follower circuit is ___ |
| 355 | JFET’s input impedance is ___ |
| 356 | Depletion -mode MOSFET acts mostly as ___ |
| 357 | The voltage that turns on an enhancement-mode device is the ___ |
| 358 | When a JFET is cut-off, the depletion layers are ___ |
| 359 | Equivalent of transistor at saturation in JFETs is ___ |
| 360 | What are often called square law devices ___ |
| 361 | Calculate the drain current for a gate-source voltage of -1V ___ |
| 362 | What is the dc resistance of the JFET in the ohmic region if the drain to source current at gate shorted is equal to 20 mA and the pinch off voltage is 5 \ volts ___ |
| 363 | A datasheet gives these JFET values; IDSS = 20 mA and pinch-off voltage is 5 volts ___ |
| 364 | Which of the items below is a special precaution necessary in handling FET and CMOS devices ___ |
| 365 | A FET without a channel and no current occurs with zero gate voltage is ___ |
| 366 | When a transistor is fully saturated, ___ |
| 367 | What are the three terminals of a FET ___ |
| 368 | The maximum forward current in a junction diode is limited by its ___ |
| 369 | A special type of semiconductor diode which varies its internal capacitance as the voltage applied to its terminal varies ___ |
| 370 | The principal characteristics of a tunnel diode ___ |
| 371 | Zener diodes can be primarily classified as ___ |
| 372 | Structural category of a semiconductor diodes can be either ___ |
| 373 | The semiconductor device that radiate light or utilize light are called ___ |
| 374 | Another name for a light activated diode (LAD) is ___ |
| 375 | The equation for JFET’s transconductance ___ |
| 376 | Which of the following is true about the emitter follower circuits ___ |
| 377 | What is also called as the conventional amplifier ___ |
| 378 | If the input frequency of a full-wave rectifier is 400 Hertz, the ripple frequency will be ___ |
| 379 | If the input power of a half wave rectifier has a frequency of 400 Hertz, then the ripple frequency will be equal to ___ |
| 380 | The arrow in semiconductor symbol ___ |
| 381 | Who invented the feedback amplifier in 1928 ___ |
| 382 | Which of the following is considered a unipolar device ___ |
| 383 | If the line frequency is 60 Hz, the output frequency of a bridge rectifier is ___ |
| 384 | In a push-pull power amplifier, an input transformer can be used as a ___ providing equal amplitude input signals opposite in polarity |
| 385 | Electron mobility property of silicon at 300 K is approximately equal to ___ |
| 386 | A coupled amplifier which has the major advantage of permitting power to be transported from the relatively high output impedance of the first stage to the relative low input impedance of the second stage ___ |
| 387 | The maximum rectification efficiency of a full-wave rectifier is ___ |
| 388 | The maximum rectification efficiency of a half wave rectifier is ___ |
| 389 | The way in which the gain of an amplifier varies with the frequency is called ___ |
| 390 | The use of ___ coupling is particularly desirable in low level, low noise audio amplifier stages to minimize hum pick up from stray magnetic fields |
| 391 | A volt-ampere characteristic curve that describes the relationship of the output voltage of a transistor to its output current is a set input current _ |
| 392 | A special type of diode which is often used in RF switches, attenuators and various types of phase shifting devices is called ___ |
| 393 | Junction diodes are commonly rated by its ___ |
| 394 | Eg for silicon is 1.12 eV and germanium is 0.72 eV ___ |
| 395 | When the collector current Ic is plotted against the collector base voltage at constant emitter Ie, the curve obtain is called ___ |
| 396 | A graphical representation in transistor wherein the emitter current is plotted against the variable emitter base voltage ___ |
| 397 | What are the solid state gallium arsenide devices that emit beam of radiant flux when forward biased ___ |
| 398 | What diode gives off light when energized ___ |
| 399 | What are the majority current carriers in the N-type silicon ___ |
| 400 | What happens to the voltage drop across the diode when current flow increases rapidly in a forward-biased diode ___ |
| 401 | What two elements widely used in semiconductor devices exhibit both metallic and nonmetallic characteristics ___ |
| 402 | Unijunction transistor has three terminals, namely ___ |
| 403 | In enhancement-type MOSFETs, the ___ regions are used for operation as a switch |
| 404 | In enhancement-type MOSFETs, the ___ region is used if the FET is to operate as an amplifier |
| 405 | Another name for metal-oxide semiconductor field effect transistor is ___ |
| 406 | Diode that operates in the reverse breakdown voltage and is used as a voltage regulator ___ |
| 407 | Refers to a three-layer diode ___ |
| 408 | A diode that has a negative resistance region and widely used in the design of oscillators, switching networks and pulse generators ___ |
| 409 | What is the largest region of a bipolar transistor ___ |
| 410 | A method of connecting amplifiers in cascade ___ |
| 411 | The ___ transistor configuration has the highest value of input resistance |
| 412 | What device whose internal capacitance varies with the applied voltage ___ |
| 413 | What is the principal characteristic of a zener diode ___ |
| 414 | A silicon diode has a maximum allowable junction temperature of 150 ºC __ |
| 415 | A manufacturer quotes in his specifications that a germanium diode conducts 50 mA at 1 volt ___ |
| 416 | In an amplifier, the emitter junction is ___ |
| 417 | How much voltage would you measure across the base-emitter junctioof a silicon transistor at class A ___ |
| 418 | Another name for saturation current in a diode, which arises from the fact that it is directly proportional to the cross-sectional are of the diode ___ |
| 419 | Which of the following is NOT one of the three distinct regions in the characteristic curve of a diode ___ |
| 420 | A ___ is a light-sensitive device whose number of free electrons generated is proportional to the intensity of the incident light |
| 421 | Varactor diode’s transition capacitance is directly proportional to the product of the permittivity of the semiconductor material and PN junction area but inversely proportional to its ___ |
| 422 | If the temperature of a semiconductor material increases, the number of free electrons ___ |
| 423 | What is the most commonly used color of an LED ___ |
| 424 | A photodiode which conducts current only when forward biased and is exposed to light ___ |
| 425 | Mass of proton or neutron is ___ times that of an electron |
| 426 | The charge of proton has the same value to that of an electron but ___ |
| 427 | What is the number of protons in the nucleus or the number of electrons in an atom ___ |
| 428 | What is approximately the sum of the number of protons and neutrons of an atom ___ |
| 429 | What semiconductor material is used in the construction of LED ___ |
| 430 | What type of diode is used for tuning receivers; operate with reverse bias and derived its name from voltage-variable capacitor ___ |
| 431 | What happens to the photoconductive material when light strikes on it ___ |
| 432 | Photoconductive effect means ___ |
| 433 | A measure of the ability of an LED to produce the desired number of lumens generated per applied watt of electrical energy ___ |
| 434 | What is the point of intersection between a diode characteristic and a load line ___ |
| 435 | FET has a pinch-off voltage of about ___ |
| 436 | The value of coupling capacitor, Cc in RC coupling is about ___ |
| 437 | A ___ is considered a voltage controlled device |
| 438 | A ___ is considered a current controlled device |
| 439 | The voltage gain of an emitter follower circuit is ___ |
| 440 | Which of the following choices is an advantage of a MOSFET over a BJT in an RF amplifier circuit ___ |
| 441 | A MOSFET is sometimes called ___ FET |
| 442 | What is the reason why FET has high input impedance ___ |
| 443 | A nuclei with a common number of protons, but with different number of neutrons ___ |
| 444 | In power supplies, circuits that are employed in separating the ac and dc components and bypass the ac components around the load, or prevent their generation are called ___ |
| 445 | What is the reason why a common collector is used for impedance matching ___ |
| 446 | What capacitors are used in transistor amplifiers ___ |
| 447 | Charge of an electron is approximately equal to ___ |
| 448 | Approximate mass at rest of a proton is ___ to that of a neutron |
| 449 | What is the approximate mass of a neutron at rest ___ |
| 450 | What is the ideal value stability factor ___ |
| 451 | The forward resistance crystal diode is in the order of ___ |
| 452 | What is the resistivity of an extrinsic semiconductor ___ |
| 453 | An acceptor atom contains how many valence electrons ___ |
| 454 | Pure semiconductor atoms contain how many valence electrons ___ |
| 455 | Reducing the number of free electrons in a doped semiconductor forms a/an ___ semiconductor |
| 456 | When the number of free electrons is increased in doped semiconductor, it becomes a/an ___ semiconductor |
| 457 | What in a semiconductor is defined as the incomplete part of an electron pair bond ___ |
| 458 | As a general rule, ___ are found only in semiconductors |
| 459 | The amount of additional energy required to emit an electron from the surface of metal is called ___ |
| 460 | What are the two possible breakdown mechanisms in pn junction diodes ___ |
| 461 | What refers to annihilation of a hole and electron ___ |
| 462 | Which of the following materials has the smallest leakage current ___ |
| 463 | Percentage ripple can be calculated by getting the ___ and multiplying the result by 100% |
| 464 | Clamper is also known as ___ |
| 465 | The holding of one extreme amplitude of the input waveform to a certain amount of potential is called ___ |
| 466 | Under standard conditions, pure germanium has a resistivity of ___ |
| 467 | What is the approximate voltage drop of LED ___ |
| 468 | What is the net charge if a certain semiconductor gains one valence electron ___ |
| 469 | What is the net charge if a certain semiconductor losses 4 valence electrons ___ |
| 470 | Which of the items below is not a good conductor ___ |
| 471 | #VALUE! |
| 472 | What silicon npn tetrode serves as bistable negative-resistance device ___ |
| 473 | What type of diode is used for tuning receivers and is normally operated with reverse bias and derived its name from voltage variable capacitor ___ |
| 474 | When both emitter and collector junctions are reverse biased, the transistor is said to be at ___ region |
| 475 | Which of the choices below is another name for a photoconductive cell ___ |
| 476 | What line is drawn between the open-circuit current on a JFET characteristic curve ___ |
| 477 | An emitter resistor is used for in most amplifier circuits ___ |
| 478 | When a factor a junction transistor is 0.98, the factor would be equivalent to ___ value of transistor’s beta |
| 479 | It is the current gain for the common-emitter configuration ___ |
| 480 | What is the charge of the hole ___ |
| 481 | Which of the item below does not mean a VARACTOR diode ___ |
| 482 | Aging effect exists in ___ |
| 483 | The advantage of transistor over vacuum tube is ___ |
| 484 | The PREFERRED solder alloy ratio for electronic repair is ___ |
| 485 | A roll of solder is marked ___ |
| 486 | Solder used in electronics is an alloy composed of which of the following metals? |
| 487 | The handpiece that can be used for the greatest variety of operations is ___ |
| 488 | In the selection of a soldering iron tip, which of the following factors should be considered? |
| 489 | During fault isolation procedures, a device or component should be ___ |
| 490 | Fault diagnosis using GPETE should only be attempted by which of the following personnel? |
| 491 | Which of the following types of test equipment is classified as off-line automatic test equipment? |
| 492 | A dc voltmeter that is permanently attached to a power supply for ___ |
| 493 | Test equipment that continuously monitors performance and ___ |
| 494 | Source, Maintenance, and Recovery (SM & R) codes that ___ |
| 495 | Boards or modules that are SM & R code D may be repaired at ___ |
| 496 | The maintenance level at which normal 2M repairs are performed is ___ |
| 497 | Inspecting, servicing, and adjusting equipment is the function of ___ |
| 498 | Direct support to user organizations is provided by ___ |
| 499 | SM & R code D maintenance facilities are usually located at which of the following activities? |
| 500 | The most extensive shop facilities and highly skilled technicians are ___ |
| 501 | If a technician should fail to maintain the required standards of ___ |
| 502 | To ensure that a 2M technician maintains the minimum standards of ___ |
| 503 | Repairs that are limited to discrete components and ___ |
| 504 | A technician is authorized to perform 2M repairs upon satisfactory completion of ___ |
| 505 | The standards of workmanship and guidelines for specific repairs to ___ |
| 506 | Training requirements for miniature and ___ |
| 507 | Ground planes and shielding are used to prevent ___ |
| 508 | Environmental performance requirements for ICs are set forth in ___ |
| 509 | The most complex to produce and difficult to repair ___ |
| 510 | Which of the following circuit connection methods is ___ |
| 511 | Which of the following characteristics is NOT an advantage of ___ |
| 512 | A chassis located in a radar antenna pedestal would be identified as ___ |
| 513 | A faulty transistor would be identified as what level of packaging? |
| 514 | A technician has isolated a problem to a plug-in module on ___ |
| 515 | An assembly of microcircuits or a combination of microcircuits and ___ |
| 516 | Assemblies made up EXCLUSIVELY of discrete electronic parts are classified as ___ |
| 517 | Descriptive information about a particular type of IC may be found in ___ |
| 518 | Letters and numbers stamped on the body of an IC serve to ___ |
| 519 | The need for bonding wires has been eliminated by ___ |
| 520 | IC packages that may be easily installed by hand or machine on ___ |
| 521 | In IC production, gold or aluminum bonding wires are ___ |
| 522 | Which of the following types of DIPs are most commonly used in ___ |
| 523 | IC packaging is required for which of the following reasons? |
| 524 | Which of the following is a major advantage of hybrid ICs? |
| 525 | To produce thin film resistors, which of the following materials is/are used? |
| 526 | To deposit highly reactive materials on a ___ |
| 527 | Vacuum evaporation and cathode sputtering are two methods used to ___ |
| 528 | The prevention of unwanted interaction or leakage between components is ___ |
| 529 | Pn junctions are protected from contamination during the ___ |
| 530 | Elements penetrate the semiconductor substrate in ___ |
| 531 | Artificially grown silicon or germanium crystals are used to produce substrates for ___ |
| 532 | A typical silicon wafer has approximately (a) what diameter and (b) what thickness? |
| 533 | Which of the following types of material is preferred for film circuit substrates? |
| 534 | A device that allows the depositing of material in selected areas of ___ |
| 535 | Which of the following pieces of equipment is used to ___ |
| 536 | Integrated circuits containing more than 64,000 bits of memory are ___ |
| 537 | What maximum number of logic gates should be expected in ___ |
| 538 | Which of the following types of electronic circuits is NOT a hybrid integrated circuit? |
| 539 | In integrated circuits, a conductive or nonconductive film is ___ |
| 540 | Monolithic integrated circuits are usually referred to as ___ |
| 541 | All components and interconnections are formed on or within a ___ |
| 542 | A module which is difficult to repair because it is completely imbedded in ___ |
| 543 | A module in which the components are supported by end plates is ___ |
| 544 | Which of the following characteristics of a printed ___ |
| 545 | Functional blocks of a system that can easily be removed for ___ |
| 546 | Point to point wiring in a vacuum tube circuit often caused which of the |
| 547 | For a vacuum tube to operate properly in a variety of different ___ |
| 548 | The development of which of the following types of components had ___ |
| 549 | During World War II, which of the following limitations were considered ___ |
| 550 | What term is used to describe electronic systems that are made up of extremely small parts or elements? |
| 551 | The operating point in a transistor amplifier moves along ____ when an ac signal is applied |
| 552 | The maximum collector efficiency of class B operation is |
| 553 | Electron volt is the unit of ___ |
| 554 | The temperature coefficient of an intrinsic semiconductor is ___ |
| 555 | For N-type semiconductor material the doping material is ___ |
| 556 | Which is the pair of acceptor elements ___ |
| 557 | Higher the electric field intensity ___ |
| 558 | On increasing the temperature of the intrinsic ___ |
| 559 | An alloy composed of 80% copper ___ |
| 560 | What refers to such work at very low temperatures, near absolute zero? |
| 561 | The superposition theorem is used when the circuit contains a/an ___ |
| 562 | Which of the following is not a factor affecting dielectric strength? |
| 563 | What is the peak factor for alternating current or voltage varying sinusoidally ___ |
| 564 | Leakage resistance in a capacitor results to ___ |
| 565 | In an ac circuit with Xl and R in series, the ___ |
| 566 | “Any resistance R in a branch of network in which a current I is flowing can be replaced by a voltage equal to IR.” ___ |
| 567 | The resonance curve is a plot of frequency versus ___ for a series RLC circuit |
| 568 | A capacitance of 6 uuF means ___ |
| 569 | An ideal current source has an internal conductance of siemen/s ___ |
| 570 | What is the resonant frequency of a circuit when L of 25 microhenrys and C of 10 picofarads are in parallel? |
| 571 | Which of the following does not refer to electrical energy? |
| 572 | Which of the following is the most popular waveform? |
| 573 | A trigger circuit consisting of a capacitor of 0.01 uF is connected in series with a resistor ___ |
| 574 | Which of the following is not considered a physical factor in affecting resistance? |
| 575 | Which of the following does not affect resistance? |
| 576 | What determines the direction of induced emf in a conductor or coil? |
| 577 | What happens when the input to a digital IC is left unconnected for TTL IC’s? |
| 578 | An acceptable voltage range of a logic 0 for CMOS operating at Vdd = 5V ___ |
| 579 | What is the output of an EX-NOR gate when a logic signal and its exact inverse are connected to its input? |
| 580 | A graphical device used to convert a truth table to its corresponding logic circuit in a simple, orderly process ___ |
| 581 | Determine the sum-of- products expression for a circuit with four inputs and an output that is HIGH only when input A is low at the same time that exactly two inputs are low ___ |
| 582 | A circuit with no memory characteristic, and so its output depends only on the current value of its inputs ___ |
| 583 | In boolean algebra, X + 1 =___ |
| 584 | In boolean algebra, B.B’ = |
| 585 | Simplify the expression y = AB’D + AB’D’ ___ |
| 586 | The boolean expression for a six-input OR gate ___ |
| 587 | Use the expression for x = D + [(A+B)C]’. E to determine the output of the circuit for conditions ___ |
| 588 | Determine the output of the circuit x if A = 0, B = 1, C = 1, and D = 0 |
| 589 | The output of an inverter is connected to the input of a second inverter. Determine the output level of the second inverter ___ |
| 590 | What is the hex equivalent of an ASCII code which means “HELP”? |
| 591 | The most widely used 7- bit alphanumeric code is the ___ |
| 592 | The ___ belongs to a class of codecs called the minimum-change codes, in which only one bit in the code group changes when going from one step to the next |
| 593 | Which of the following items below is NOT one of the three basic operations in Boolean algebra? |
| 594 | Convert (B2F)16 to octal ___ |
| 595 | What is the smallest type of semiconductor in terms of their physical size? |
| 596 | A digital circuit is also referred to as a/an circui ___ |
| 597 | What is the next binary number following (10111)2 in the counting sequence? |
| 598 | Change in state is ___What is the decimal equivalent of (1101011)2? |
| 599 | Which of the following choices is NOT a characteristic of analog quantity ___ |
| 600 | A circuit made up of combinations of logic gates, with no feedback from outputs to input ___ |
| 601 | Performing binary subtraction to 6 1/4 minus 4 1/2 results to ___ |
| 602 | An analog memory circuit used to eliminate aperture error is called a ___ |
| 603 | Add 74(8) with 1.1(2) ___ |
| 604 | Which of the following below is not one of the three major sections of an MPU? |
| 605 | Meaning of checksum in ROM’s ___ |
| 606 | Why are voltage DAC’s generally slower than current DAC’s? |
| 607 | The time it takes for the DAC output to settle to within the 1/2 step size of its full scale value when the digital input changes from zero to full scale ___ |
| 608 | An actuator in the DAC performs ___ |
| 609 | It converts a non- electrical physical quantity to an electrical quantity ___ |
| 610 | How many flip-flops are required for counter that will count 0 to 255? |
| 611 | The state of the flip-flop before the occurrence of clock pulse is called as its ___ |
| 612 | If a short circuit occurs in a parallel branch of a circuit, what is the effect in total resistance, and (b) total current? |
| 613 | If a short circuit occurs in a series portion of a circuit, what is the effect on (a) total resistance, and (b) total current? |
| 614 | If an open occurs in a parallel branch of a circuit, what is the effect on (a) total resistance, and (b) total current? |
| 615 | Which of the following terms describes a single resistor that represents a complex circuit? |
| 616 | Two resistors with ohmic values of 90 ohms and 45 ohms are connected in parallel ___ |
| 617 | Three resistors with ohmic values of 120 ohms, 60 ohms, and 40 ohms are connected in parallel ___ |
| 618 | Three equal resistors are connected in parallel and each resistor has an ohmic value of 300 ohms ___ |
| 619 | If a current has a negative polarity when Kirchoff’s current law is applied, which of the following, statements is true of the current? |
| 620 | What is the relationship of total current to the current through a component in (a) a series circuit, and (b) a parallel circuit? |
| 621 | A circuit consists of three resistors connected in parallel ___ |
| 622 | When maximum power is transferred from a source to a load, what is the efficiency of power transfer? |
| 623 | Maximum power is transferred from a source to a load when the value of the load resistance is of what value when compared to the source resistance? |
| 624 | When Kirchoff’s voltage law is used to assign polarities to the voltage drop across a resistor, which of the following references is used to indicate the end of the resistor that the current enters? |
| 625 | If the energy used by the -horsepower motor is 9.5 kWh, what is the efficiency of the motor? |
| 626 | How much total energy is converted by a l-horsepower motor in 10 hours? |
| 627 | What type of resistor should be used in resistor with 4 amps of current? |
| 628 | What is the total power used by a 15-ohm resistor with 4 amps of current? |
| 629 | What is the current in a circuit with 15 ohms of resistance that uses 135 watts of power? |
| 630 | Which of the following is a correct formula for determining power in an electrical circuit? |
| 631 | Which of the following circuit quantities can be varied ONLY by varying one of the other circuit quantities? |
| 632 | Which of the following terms applies to the rate at which an electrical force causes motion? |
| 633 | If a battery is being charged at the proper rate, which, if any of the following types of gassing should occur? |
| 634 | If violent gassing occurs during the charging of a battery, which of the following actions should be taken? |
| 635 | Which of the following types of routine charges follows the nameplate data in restoring a battery to its charged condition during the ordinary cycle of operation? |
| 636 | A battery with a capacity of 600 ampere-hours should provide 3 amperes for a maximum of how many hours? |
| 637 | If electrolyte comes in contact with the skin, what first aid treatment should be given immediately to the affected area? |
| 638 | Which one of the following safety precautions for batteries is NOT correct? |
| 639 | If the electrolyte level in a battery is low, what should be added to the electrolyte to bring it to the proper level? |
| 640 | To flush a hydrometer, which of the following liquids should be used? |
| 641 | When a hydrometer is used to check the specific gravity of the electrolyte in a battery, to what level should the electrolyte be drawn? |
| 642 | What is the first step in performing maintenance on a secondary-cell battery? |
| 643 | What is the minimum number of cells necessary to form a battery? |
| 644 | In addition to the nickel-cadmium and silver-zinc cells, which of the following cells uses potassium hydroxide as the active ingredient in the electrolyte? |
| 645 | What is the most common use of a silverzinc cell? |
| 646 | Which of the following is/are the difference(s) in the construction of a NICAD cell as compared to a lead-acid cell? |
| 647 | ___ Of the following types of cells, which one is a primary cell? |
| 648 | Which of the following factors should be considered when selecting a primary cell as a power source? |
| 649 | What is the common name for manganesedioxide-alkaline-zinc cell? |
| 650 | What is/are the advantages(s) of using a manganese-dioxide-alkaline- zinc cell over the zinc-carbon cell? |
| 651 | Which of the following describes the shorting of a cell? |
| 652 | ___ Of the following characteristics, which one describes the mercury cell? |
| 653 | The blotting paper in a dry cell serves which of the following purposes? |
| 654 | How should the dry cell be stored to obtain maximum shelf life? |
| 655 | What serves as the cathode in a common type of dry cell? |
| 656 | In a dry cell, what is the consistency of the electrolyte? |
| 657 | Which of the following is caused by local action in a cell? |
| 658 | Which of the following methods is used to control polarization in a cell? |
| 659 | Polarization has what effects on an electrical cell? |
| 660 | When all the lead sulfate in a lead-acid cell is converted to sulfuric acid, lead peroxide, and sponge lead, what is the condition of the cell? |
| 661 | Which of the following actions will recharge a secondary cell? |
| 662 | In a fully charged lead-acid cell, what is the composition of the anode, cathode, and electrolyte respectively? |
| 663 | The lead-acid cell is an example of which of the following types of cells? |
| 664 | In a zinc-carbon primary cell, what is the function of the carbon electrode? |
| 665 | The primary cell is completely discharged when which of the following conditions exists? |
| 666 | What causes the cathode to be “eaten away” in the primary cell while the cell is discharging? |
| 667 | What causes hydrogen to be attracted to the anode of a primary cell when the cell is discharging? |
| 668 | What causes negative ions to be attracted to the cathode of a primary cell while the cell is discharging? |
| 669 | Which of the following actions will lower the internal resistance of a cell? |
| 670 | With respect to recharging a primary or secondary cell, of the following statements, which one is correct? |
| 671 | What term is given to the process that takes place inside a cell? |
| 672 | What are the three basic parts of a cell? |
| 673 | Which of the following is the purpose of an electrical cell? |
| 674 | Used to extend the length of a network or to expand the network ___ |
| 675 | Similar to a bridge, which connects networks at different sites, it connects networks with different protocols ___ |
| 676 | Used in connecting networks at different sites ___ |
| 677 | A ___ will decide which route the message or messages should follow through the network |
| 678 | Network topology, where stations are connected to a concentric ring through a ring interface unit (RIU) ___ |
| 679 | A multi-network IBM token ring network is also a network |
| 680 | Networks that include telecommunications are called ___ |
| 681 | It describes its System Services Control Point (SSCP), Logical Units (LU), and Physical Units (PU) as network addressable units ___ |
| 682 | ___ network topology has more than one level of host computer |
| 683 | ___ is the process of asking each remote terminal, one at a time, if it has data to send |
| 684 | It is term that is used to describe the form or the shape of a network ___ |
| 685 | It is term that is used to describe the conventions of how network components communicate with each other ___ |
| 686 | To ___ is to receive a file from a remote computer |
| 687 | To ___ is to send a file to a remote computer |
| 688 | A microcomputer attached to a network requires a ___ |
| 689 | The process of choosing a terminal on a network to receive data is called ___ |
| 690 | Networks that transmit data across town using electromagnetic signals are called ___ |
| 691 | A ___ network requires that message travel around the ring to nthe desired destination |
| 692 | Workstations in a star network that can operate without storage devices ___ |
| 693 | It is simply the term that is used to refer to an I/O device that relies entirely on the host computer for processing ___ |
| 694 | It is the other term that is used to refer to a central device into which each node of a star network is directly connected ___ |
| 695 | This topology is the most efficient centralized network for a small company ___ |
| 696 | A type of server that allows multiple users to take advantage of a single printing device ___ |
| 697 | It is also known as cooperative processing that involve using two or more networked computers to perform an application task ___ |
| 698 | It is a fast computer with a large amount of secondary storage, to which all of the other computers in a network have access for data storage and retrieval ___ |
| 699 | It is a type of computer networking technology that is used to connect computers that are located within the same room, building, or complex ___ |
| 700 | The component that provides control or supporting services for other computers, terminals, or devices in a network ___ |
| 701 | A network switching that creates a dedicated temporary connection between computers in a network ___ |
| 702 | A computer network configuration that makes the host computer manages a network of dependent terminals ___ |
| 703 | Network configuration that let computers share their resources ___ |
| 704 | A network that is built and owned by a common carrier ___ |
| 705 | A network classification that is usually built and owned by a single company or governmental organization ___ |
| 706 | The interconnections of computers, terminals, and other equipment ___ |
| 707 | What network facility used to interconnect distinct networks physically? |
| 708 | What do you call the devices that allow computers to communicate with other computers through telephone lines or radio frequency? |
| 709 | A device that enables users to transmit computer data and fax messages along telephone lines ___ |
| 710 | What is the circuit that detects bit error in binary characters? |
| 711 | A network facility used to connect individual similar network segments forming a larger extended network is called ___ |
| 712 | Refers to digital interface in which data characteristics are individually synchronized and may be sent at a time ___ |
| 713 | The instructions and data in a computer system is referred to as ___ |
| 714 | A sequence of instructions or statements designed to tell the computer how to carry out a particular processing task ___ |
| 715 | A source program can run in computer only after translation into a machine code by a compiler ___ |
| 716 | A program in a programming language, as written by the programmer ___ |
| 717 | Assemble language to machine language translator ___ |
| 718 | Translates source program to object program ___ |
| 719 | Translator from high-level program to machine instructions ___ |
| 720 | An advanced programming language, more advanced than high-level language ___ |
| 721 | The first generation language of instruction, and is considered as the most primitive instruction that can be given to a computer ___ |
| 722 | Machine instructions represented by mnemonics is considered as ___ |
| 723 | Refers to a condition wherein the result of an arithmetic operation is more than the capacity of the output register ___ |
| 724 | Refers to a condition wherein the result of an arithmetic operation is more negative than the capacity of the output register ___ |
| 725 | An instruction, which means “clear the interrupt mask” ___ |
| 726 | Part of the instruction cycle where the instruction is moved from memory to the instruction register ___ |
| 727 | An instruction tat moves data from accumulator to the memory ___ |
| 728 | An instruction that can move data from memory to the accumulator ___ |
| 729 | An instruction that causes the program to go another task ___ |
| 730 | The op-code of a computer instruction ___ |
| 731 | A 7-bit alphanumeric code that is widely used ___ |
| 732 | Which of the code below is considered as minimum-change code? |
| 733 | What code that gives each digit of a decimal number with a corresponding binary equivalent? |
| 734 | A logic/digital circuit that generates an output code for every input signal ___ |
| 735 | The smallest computer in terms of physical size ___ |
| 736 | A very high-dense and probably the most versatile integrated circuit used in digital electronics ___ |
| 737 | The purpose of the fetch cycle in a computer is to ___ |
| 738 | ___ is a software that converts a high level language program into machine or assembly language program |
| 739 | What is a program that translated English-like word of high-level language into the machine language of a computer? |
| 740 | A detailed step by step set of direction telling a computer exactly how to proceed to solve a specific problem or process as specific task ___ |
| 741 | A ___ a program which converts instruction written in a source language into machine code, which can be read and acted upon by the computer |
| 742 | What is the medium of communication with a computer where programs are written in mnemonics? |
| 743 | Diagram showing procedures that are followed, and actions taken is called ___ |
| 744 | ___ is a sequence of instructions that tells the computer machine on how available data shall be processed |
| 745 | The technical term used when signals are converted from analog-to-digital ___ |
| 746 | Binary codes are converted into ASCII by what circuit? |
| 747 | A digital circuit that produces logic 1 output pulse for every 10 input pulses ___ |
| 748 | Is formed when the complemented output of the last stage of a shift register is fed back to the input of the first stage? |
| 749 | An electronic counter in which bistable units are cascaded to form a loop ___ |
| 750 | A device/circuit used to separate two or more signals from one line ___ |
| 751 | Another name for universal logic module (ULM) ___ |
| 752 | A circuit used for selecting a single output from multiple inputs ___ |
| 753 | The difference between a programmable logic array (PLA) and a programmable array logic (PAL) is that, ___ |
| 754 | What is the difference between a read only memory (ROM) and a programmable logic array (PLA)? |
| 755 | Digital device similar to that of a ROM and whose internal connections of logic arrays can be programmed by passing high current through fusible links ___ |
| 756 | Register wherein data can be serially inputted, while the output can be retrieved in parallel manner ___ |
| 757 | Computer hardware device constructed to perform shifting of its contained data ___ |
| 758 | A hardware used to program a PROM ___ |
| 759 | Non-semiconductor digital memory device ___ |
| 760 | Type of memory that is formed by a series of magnetic bubbles at the substrate ___ |
| 761 | Dynamic RAM (DRAM) uses capacitor as its data storage element, while static RAM (SRAM) uses what? |
| 762 | Random access memory that needs recharging of capacitors ___ |
| 763 | Semiconductor-based, volatile data storage device that can be written and read randomly ___ |
| 764 | What is the time interval to undertake a refresh operation in a typical dynamic RAM? |
| 765 | A nonvolatile memory ___ |
| 766 | A variation of PROM, wherein its stored data can be erased by electrical signal instead of ultraviolet light ___ |
| 767 | What memory device that can be programmed, and reprogrammed after the old programs are erased usually by an ultraviolet light? |
| 768 | A type of ROM that allows data to be written into the device by a programmer ___ |
| 769 | A semiconductor memory device in which data can be stored after fabrications ___ |
| 770 | Type of memory wherein the data are permanently stored ___ |
| 771 | One of the following can program PROMs ___ |
| 772 | Memory whose contents are lost when, electrical power is removed ___ |
| 773 | Sequential access digital memory uses what storage circuit? |
| 774 | Group of flip-flops used to store more bits ___ |
| 775 | A flip-flop without an undefined output state condition whatever the input combination is ___ |
| 776 | Combination of flip-flop, arranged so that they can be triggered at the same time ___ |
| 777 | Flip-flop arrangement, such that the first receives its input on the positive edge of a clock pulse, and the other receives its input from the output of the first during the negative edge of the same pulse ___ |
| 778 | Flip-flop that changes state every time the input is triggered ___ |
| 779 | A flip-flop whose output is always the same as its input ___ |
| 780 | When a flip-flop is constructed from two NAND-gates, its output will be undefined if the R/S inputs are ___ |
| 781 | An RS flip-flop constructed from NOR-gates would have an undefined output when the inputs R/S combinations are ___ |
| 782 | Several gates combined to form the basic memory element ___ |
| 783 | A dynamic memory will store information ___ |
| 784 | ___ refers to a circuit that stores pulses and produces an output pulse when specified numbers of pulses are stored ___ |
| 785 | What do you call the duration within it takes to read the content of a memory location after it has been addressed? |
| 786 | ___ is a kind of memory where only manufacture can store program and has s group of memory locations each permanently storing a word |
| 787 | ___ is a device that stay on once triggered and store one or two conditions as a digital circuit |
| 788 | ___ is a storage device used to accommodate a difference in rate of flow of data or time of occurrence of events when transmitting from one device to another |
| 789 | ___ is a segment register which normalcy access variables in the program |
| 790 | ___ is called retrieving data from memory |
| 791 | ___ is a byte data stored in a memory location |
| 792 | What is the higher voltage level in digital gates and flip-flop circuits? |
| 793 | ___ is not a type of flip-flop |
| 794 | What is the function of flip-flop as logic element? |
| 795 | Determine which item is not a storage device ___ |
| 796 | A memory circuit that has 9 address inputs has how many storage locations? |
| 797 | The density of data recorded on magnetic tape is measured in ___ |
| 798 | ___ are non-semiconductor devices still used in digital memories |
| 799 | A static memory will store information ___ |
| 800 | How ill you handle unused inputs in a logic gate/ logic IC? |
| 801 | What is the purpose of the internal clamping diodes at the input of a logic circuit? |
| 802 | In TTL ICs, which input configurations gives a high-input impedance at both logic states (HIGH and LOW state)? |
| 803 | The output configuration of most CMOS ICs ___ |
| 804 | In digital ICs, such as buffers and registers, what output configuration is used if they are intended for “busing”? |
| 805 | A digital IC whose output transistor has no internal pull-up resistor ___ |
| 806 | NMOS can be interfaced to CMOS by providing a ___ |
| 807 | PMOS and CMOS have normally different supply requirements ___ |
| 808 | CMOS are normally supplied a voltage up to what value? |
| 809 | PMOS are generally supplied with a voltage up to ___ |
| 810 | Of the MOS logic family, which is the fastest? |
| 811 | Of all bipolar logic families, TTL is widely used ___ |
| 812 | Other name of emitter-coupled logic (ECL) ___ |
| 813 | Which of the bipolar logic circuits is the fastest? |
| 814 | In a transistor-transistor logic (TTL), if the base collector junction of a transistor is clamped with a Schottky diode it becomes Schottky TTL ___ |
| 815 | A variation of transistor-transistor-logic (TTL) wherein transistor’s base and collector junctions are clamped with a Schottky diode ___ |
| 816 | A logic circuit family with a supply voltage of 25 V, and are generally used in industry where machinery causes electrical noise and large power line transients to occur ___ |
| 817 | Logic family that uses diodes and transistors as its circuit elements ___ |
| 818 | A bipolar logic family that uses resistors as its input circuit ___ |
| 819 | Refers to the number of logic gate of the same family that can be driven by a single output of a particular logic gate ___ |
| 820 | The number of logic gates of the same family that can be connected to the input of a particular gate without degrading the circuit performance ___ |
| 821 | Refers to the ability of logic circuit it withstand noise superimposed on its input signal ___ |
| 822 | CMOS, NMOS, and PMOS belong to MOS family, what is (are) the significance of these devices? |
| 823 | Logic devices are broadly divided or categorized into two families, bipolar and MOS ___ |
| 824 | OR function can be achieved by using how many NOR gates? |
| 825 | The number of NAND-gates needed to form an OT-gate ___ |
| 826 | How many NAND-gates are needed to have an AND function? |
| 827 | ___ Known as universal gates |
| 828 | A logic gate that can be wired to function like any other gate ___ |
| 829 | ___ Is considered as a controlled inverter |
| 830 | A buffer multiplies the number of gates a certain output can drive, and this can also be used as a/an ___ |
| 831 | If the fan out of a logic gate is not enough, a/an should be used ___ |
| 832 | A circuit that converts the input logic level to its complement ___ |
| 833 | Logic gate that gives a HIGH output when the input has an even number of 1’s ___ |
| 834 | What logic gate that gives an output of logic one if there is an odd number of 1’s at the input? |
| 835 | Gate with HIGH output level every time one of its inputs goes LOW ___ |
| 836 | A logic gate whose output is logic zero every time one of its inputs goes to logic one ___ |
| 837 | Only when all inputs are LOW thus, this logic gate produces an output of HIGH ___ |
| 838 | What logic gate that generates an output of logic zero (LOW) only when all its inputs are logic one (HIGH)? |
| 839 | Logic gate whose output is HIGH when one or all of its inputs is LOW ___ |
| 840 | Circuits used to implement Boolean expression or equations ___ |
| 841 | The output pulses of the logic pulser ___ |
| 842 | What is the process of converting multiple analog input signals sequentially to digital output? |
| 843 | What is the process used to describe analog-to-digital conversion? |
| 844 | What is a multi-wire connection between digital circuits? |
| 845 | ___ refers to the class of logic circuit containing flip-flops |
| 846 | ___ is a single bit comparator |
| 847 | The rapidly flashing logic probe tip tells you that the logic node being probe ___ |
| 848 | To cause a three-state buffer to output 0-1 levels, the following must be true ___ |
| 849 | A solid state logical device which only gives a “1” output if all inputs are “0” is called a ___ gate |
| 850 | Only when all inputs are logic one that this gate can delver an output of logic one ___ |
| 851 | A solid state device which only gives a “1” output if all inputs are also “1” is called ___ |
| 852 | Logic gate that generates an output of logic zero if and only if all inputs are zero ___ |
| 853 | An output of logic zero can be generated by what logic gate(s) if all inputs are zero? |
| 854 | A logic gate whose output is HIGH when a single HIGH at its input is present ___ |
| 855 | What is the logic circuit having two or more inputs but only output, with high output of any or all inputs are high, with low output only if all inputs are low? |
| 856 | ___ is a gate which has two or more low inputs signals to get a low output |
| 857 | What level is used to represent logic “0” in a negative logic circuit? |
| 858 | What level is used to represent logic 1 in a negative logic circuit? |
| 859 | A suitable method in simplifying Boolean expression when the system deals with more than six variables ___ |
| 860 | Karnaugh map is the most commonly used method in simplifying Boolean expression or logical functions ___ |
| 861 | Method(s) used in simplifying Boolean algebra ___ |
| 862 | Mathematics used in expressing, analyzing, and designing of digital electronic circuits ___ |
| 863 | Give the true complements of ___ |
| 864 | Find the radix-minus one complement of ___ |
| 865 | What is the difference between the given binary numbers, 110.1101 and 11.01? |
| 866 | Get the sum of (110.1101)2 and (11.01)2 ___ |
| 867 | Find the sum of binary number 1010 and 0011 ___ |
| 868 | Convert (1111 1111 1111 1111)2 to decimal number |
| 869 | The binary equivalent of the hexadecimal number ECE.5 ___ |
| 870 | The most practical way of converting hexadecimal numbers to binary is to give each number its ___ equivalent bits |
| 871 | What is the hexadecimal equivalent of the binary number 1010011.01? |
| 872 | Convert the given binary number 1010011.01 to octal system ___ |
| 873 | Conversion from binary to octal number system needs a grouping of bits by ___ |
| 874 | The code 1011 in BCD is ___ |
| 875 | What is the equivalent of decimal 14 in binary? |
| 876 | What is the equivalent of decimal 7 in octal? |
| 877 | Which of the following is not used in hexadecimal digital symbols? |
| 878 | What is the equivalent of decimal number 11 in binary? |
| 879 | How many symbols does hexadecimal digital number system used? |
| 880 | How many symbols are used in octal digital number system? |
| 881 | 1 and 0 in binary number system are used to represent the two different voltage levels or logic levels in digital circuits ___ |
| 882 | In digital electronics, there are mainly two possible voltage levels and these make ___ number system to be useful in its analysis |
| 883 | Electronics methodology in solving application problems using circuits, in which there are only two possible voltage levels ___ |
| 884 | What does ALU which carries arithmetic and logic operations process? |
| 885 | Refers to the part of computer that performs mathematical operations ___ |
| 886 | What is a group of circuits that provides timing and signals to all operations in the computer? |
| 887 | Refers to the increased use of data conversion circuits as a result of increased application ___ |
| 888 | Whirlwind I, develop at Massachusetts Institute of Technology is capable of ___ operations per second |
| 889 | ENIAC could perform ___ additions or up to ___ multiplications per second |
| 890 | ENIAC consist of how many vacuum tubes? |
| 891 | Who constructed ENIAC and UNIVAC? |
| 892 | ENIAC was developed at ___ |
| 893 | The first electronic computer and was completed in 1946 ___ |
| 894 | First commercial computer introduce in 1953 that uses valves ___ |
| 895 | An electronic device design to accept data performs prescribed computational and logical operations at high speed and output the results of this operation ___ |
| 896 | Built a computer in 1946 at the Institute of Advance Study (IAS), Princeton, USA, that uses binary numbers and stores information ___ |
| 897 | An English mathematician who invented the slide rule in 1622 ___ |
| 898 | Why is SCARA Robot attractive in industry? |
| 899 | SCARA Robots are designed for what applications? |
| 900 | SCARA Robots has how many axis of motion? |
| 901 | In robotics, SCARA means ___ |
| 902 | When a robot moves on several axis at the same time, it is to have ___ |
| 903 | A robot program that has the ability to move a robot to any position within the range with specific path ___ |
| 904 | A robot program that has the ability to move a robot to any position within the range but without specific path ___ |
| 905 | A robot software or program that produces only two-position motion for a given robot axis ___ |
| 906 | Disadvantages of electric actuators in industrial robots ___ |
| 907 | Disadvantages of pneumatic actuators ___ |
| 908 | Advantages of hydraulic actuators ___ |
| 909 | Advantages of pneumatic actuators ___ |
| 910 | Advantages of electric actuators ___ |
| 911 | The most messy robot actuator ___ |
| 912 | Robot actuator that has the highest operating cost ___ |
| 913 | Actuator that requires the highest initial cost ___ |
| 914 | Which of the actuators that has the greatest force capability? |
| 915 | Actuators used in industrial robots ___ |
| 916 | The number of axis a robot is free to move is called ___ |
| 917 | What is(are) the common mechanical configurations for industrial robots? |
| 918 | The technology for automations ___ |
| 919 | A programmable, multifunction manipulator designed to move materials, parts, tools or specific devices ___ |
| 920 | A system in which the precise movement of a large load is controlled by a relatively weak signal ___ |
| 921 | ___ includes tow of the actuator type used in industrial robots |
| 922 | One advantage of hydraulic actuator in industrial robots include ___ |
| 923 | The ___ are two of the most common mechanical configuration of industrial robots |
| 924 | If On-Off mode of control is the simplest, what is its opposite or the most complex? |
| 925 | What is (are) being considered in Proportional plus Integral plus Derivative (PID) mode of control? |
| 926 | Proportional mode of control wherein the controller is not only considering the magnitude of the error signal but as well as its rate of change ___ |
| 927 | Proportional mode of control wherein the controller is not only considering the magnitude of the error signal but as well as the time that is has persisted ___ |
| 928 | ___ is a mode of control wherein the controller has a continuous range of possible position, not just two as in bang-bang control |
| 929 | What are the general basic modes of control in control system? |
| 930 | In control system, the manner in which the controller reacts to an error is termed as ___ |
| 931 | A good closed-loop control system has the following characteristics ___ |
| 932 | The small error signal or system deviation where the system cannot correct anymore ___ |
| 933 | In a closed-loop control system, when the error signal is zero the system is at ___ |
| 934 | Error signal in closed-system is also known as ___ |
| 935 | In closed-loop system, what do you call the difference in the measured value and the set value or desired value? |
| 936 | When a closed-loop system is used to maintain physical position it is referred as ___ |
| 937 | In control system, closed-loop means ___ |
| 938 | Open-loop in control system means ___ |
| 939 | What do you call a circuit or system that is self-correcting? |
| 940 | Industrial circuit or system that is not self-correcting ___ |
| 941 | What is the purpose of using a differential synchro instead of a regular synchro? |
| 942 | The system is ___ if a position servo system does not respond to small changes in the input |
| 943 | Refers to the system that has no feedback and is not self correcting ___ |
| 944 | After the release interval in automatic welding, the system will go to ___ |
| 945 | Next to hold interval is ___ interval in automatic welding system |
| 946 | After the welding interval, it goes to ___ interval wherein the electrode pressure is maintained on the metal surfaces |
| 947 | The portion of the weld interval during which the current is absent ___ |
| 948 | During the welding or weld interval, when a welding current is flowing the system is said to be at ___ |
| 949 | After the squeeze interval, what comes next in an automatic welding system? |
| 950 | In automatic welding what do you call the first interval wherein the material to be welded are held together? |
| 951 | In automatic welding system, basically there are how many intervals? |
| 952 | Portion in the welding process interval during which the welding current is flowing is called ___ |
| 953 | Why does thyristors with high breakback voltage desirable? |
| 954 | Semiconductor devices with inherent ON-OFF behavior and has no linear operating regions are called thryistors ___ |
| 955 | For a unijunction transistor (UJT) to witch ON ___ |
| 956 | A UJT has an internal resistances of RB1 = 6 KΩ and RB2 = 3 KΩ, what is its interbase resistance? |
| 957 | A UJT or unijunction transistor is a three terminal breakover-type switching device ___ |
| 958 | What will happen to the forward breakdown or breakover voltage of SCRs and triacs if the gate current is increased? |
| 959 | Thyristor whose characteristic curve closely resembles that of SCR’s and SUS’s, except that its forward breakover voltage (+VBO) is not alterable, for the device has no gate terminal ___ |
| 960 | A silicon unilateral switch (SUS) has a forward breakover voltage of 8 V. a zener diode is connected between its gate and cathode terminals with the diode’s cathode at SUS’s gate ___ |
| 961 | Silicon unilateral switches (SUSs) generally have a breakover voltage of 8 V, however, this value can be altered by normally connecting a zener diode ___ |
| 962 | A thyristor that is very similar to an SCR except that it has low voltage and current ratings ___ |
| 963 | A silicon bilateral switch may be considered as s small power triac, and has three terminals namely, ___ |
| 964 | What are the three terminals of a triac? |
| 965 | Which are the three terminals of a TRIAC? |
| 966 | A triac can be triggered ON by the application of a ___ |
| 967 | What is the difference between a triac and a silicon bilateral switch (SBS)? |
| 968 | A three terminal device that behaves roughly like SCR, except that it can conduct current in either direction when at ON ___ |
| 969 | How many times per second does an SCR is turned ON and OFF when it is operated in a full-wave phase control at a line frequency of 60 Hz? |
| 970 | In controlling electrical power using phase control method with SCR/triac being the active device, what do we call the period of the cycle before the device switches to conduction? |
| 971 | When a high current is needed, SCRs are connected in parallel ___ |
| 972 | A circuit used for voltage equalization during ON-OFF switching action of SCRs in series ___ |
| 973 | What is true regarding blocking-equalizing resistors in SCRs connected in series? |
| 974 | In connecting two SCRs in series, during “OFF” state, the voltage source must be properly shared between them, but due to devices’ differences, there might be unequal voltages across each SCR ___ |
| 975 | How can we increase the forward-voltage blocking capability of SCRs? |
| 976 | Use of heat sinks, forced air, and water cooling are examples of external cooling in SCRs and other devices ___ |
| 977 | How can we extend the rating of SCRs? |
| 978 | What is(are) the gate limitation(s) of SCRs and triacs? |
| 979 | The needed voltage at the gate of an SCR before it conducts ___ |
| 980 | An SCR rated 10 A is used as the controlling switch in a circuit powered by 50Vdc ___ |
| 981 | The voltage decreased across the anode (A) and cathode (K) of an SCR from non- conducting state to conducting state ___ |
| 982 | What is(are) the condition(s) in triggering SCR? |
| 983 | The minimum amount of current needed for an SCR to conduct continuously ___ |
| 984 | The voltage across the anode (A) and cathode (K) terminals of an SCR when conducting ___ |
| 985 | What is true about SCRs after they are being switched “ON”? |
| 986 | How do we turn “ON” or trigger an SCR? |
| 987 | How do you stop conduction during which SCR is also conducting? |
| 988 | Find the two stable operating conditions of an SCR ___ |
| 989 | The most popular thyristor used in electrical power controllers ___ |
| 990 | A four-element solid state device that combines the characteristics of both diodes and transistors ___ |
| 991 | A break-over device that is basically a diode ___ |
| 992 | General term of electronic devices used to control or trigger large-power switching devices ___ |
| 993 | Which of the trigger diodes has the highest holding voltage? |
| 994 | Which power control switching method that greatly generates RFI or EMI and is therefore limited to low-frequency applications? |
| 995 | Using electronic devices as switches, what is(are) the general methods of controlling electrical power? |
| 996 | Semiconductor devices equivalent to thyratrons are generally called ___ |
| 997 | The purpose of installing thyrectors across the incoming power lines to the speed control system is to ___ |
| 998 | A semiconductor, electronic switch that has the highest single-device current rating ___ |
| 999 | An electronic switch that has the highest single-device current capacity and can withstand overloads better ___ |
| 1000 | Thyratrons in industrial electronics refers to ___ |
| 1001 | A saturable reactor with regenerative feedback ___ |
| 1002 | A reactive device used in controlling electrical power by using two windings on a common iron core ___ |
| 1003 | What are the primary methods of controlling electrical power? |
| 1004 | One type of circuit control device which may be manual, automatic or multi-contact ___ |
| 1005 | A meter when ___ damped will become insensitive to small signals |
| 1006 | When the meter is insufficiently damped, it is considered as ___ |
| 1007 | In meter movement, how do you prevent the meter from oscillation and overswing? |
| 1008 | A type of dip meter employing a vacuum tube oscillator, whose indicating dc microammeter is in the grid circuit ___ |
| 1009 | A tunable RF instrument, which, by means of a sharp dip of an indicating meter, indicates resonance with an external circuit under test ___ |
| 1010 | A type of photometer used to measure reflection ___ |
| 1011 | In RF or microwave system, what instrument is used to measure the incidental and reflected signals ___ |
| 1012 | When do you need a noise generator? |
| 1013 | A device or instrument able to generate noise with accurate voltage for test purposes ___ |
| 1014 | What are the two most popular RF oscillators ___ |
| 1015 | The two most common audio oscillators are ___ |
| 1016 | A device or instrument, which delivers signals of pre3cise frequency and amplitude, usually over a wide range ___ |
| 1017 | Generally, oscilloscope uses what type of deflection? |
| 1018 | What do call an oscilloscope that uses sampling technique in processing signals having frequencies beyond its normal capabilities? |
| 1019 | Types of oscilloscopes that are able retain the display for a longer period for analysis ___ |
| 1020 | An instrument that is capable of displaying waveforms by means of fluorescence in a CRT ___ |
| 1021 | An electronic measuring device that provide instantaneous visual indication of voltage excursions ___ |
| 1022 | Indications of spectrum analyzer is presented by means of ___ |
| 1023 | Spectrum analyzer is ___ |
| 1024 | An instrument capable of displaying simultaneously the amplitude of signals having different frequencies ___ |
| 1025 | What is an electronic instrument capable of showing on screen and maybe on print, relative spacing of transmitter carriers, their sidebands and harmonics? |
| 1026 | Comparison between dc and ac measuring instruments ___ |
| 1027 | A bridge wherein all legs are electrically identical ___ |
| 1028 | Bridge used to measure both inductive and capacitive impedances at higher frequencies ___ |
| 1029 | A simplified version of the Wheatstone bridge wherein, two of the ratio arms are replaced by a 100 cm long Manganin of uniform cross-sections and provided with a slider ___ |
| 1030 | When the capacitors of a Wein bridge are replaced by inductors, the bridge becomes ___ |
| 1031 | What do you call of that frequency-sensitive bridge in which two adjacent arms are resistances and the other two arms are RC combinations? |
| 1032 | A type of four-arm capacitance bridge in which the unknown capacitance is compared with a standard capacitance ___ |
| 1033 | This is a special bridge for measuring very low resistance (0.1Ω or less) ___ |
| 1034 | Refers to an ac bridge for measuring the inductance and Q of an inductor in terms of resistance, frequency and a standard capacitance ___ |
| 1035 | This refers to a four-arm ac bridge used for measuring inductance against a standard capacitance ___ |
| 1036 | This is the method of using a Wheatstone bridge to determine the distance from the test point to a fault in a telephone or telegraph line or cable ___ |
| 1037 | A four-arm bridge. Al arms of which are predominantly resistive; used for measuring resistance ___ |
| 1038 | What is this instrument or circuit that has four or more arms, by means of which one or more of the electrical constants of an unknown component may be measured? |
| 1039 | What do you call of that instrument used for measuring reactive power in vars? |
| 1040 | What is that instrument used for measuring the strength and direction of magnetic fields? |
| 1041 | It’s an electrostatic voltmeter in which an assembly of figure – 8 – shaped metal plates rotates between the plates of a stationary assembly when a voltage is applied between the assemblies ___ |
| 1042 | #VALUE! |
| 1043 | A meter for its operation, it depends on a movable iron vane which aligns itself in the resultant field of a permanent magnet and an adjacent current carrying coil ___ |
| 1044 | #VALUE! |
| 1045 | What is the meter that depends for its operation on the forces of attraction and repulsion between electrically charged bodies? |
| 1046 | Where can we use the dynamometer? |
| 1047 | In a moving coil ammeter, a ___ is connected in series with the soil to compensate for temperature variations ___ |
| 1048 | Shunts in meters should have a ___ temperature coefficient of resistance |
| 1049 | A Kelvin electrostatic voltmeter uses what method of damping? |
| 1050 | Material that is mostly used as a pointer in indicating instruments ___ |
| 1051 | What is(are) the force(s) acting on the pointer of an indicating instrument when it is in motion? |
| 1052 | The force(s) that is(are) acting on the pointer of an indicating instrument as it rest on its final deflected position ___ |
| 1053 | In indicating instruments, what will happen to the controlling torque if the deflection becomes greater? |
| 1054 | Induction type instruments are mostly used as ___ |
| 1055 | What damping method is used in induction type ammeters? |
| 1056 | Controlling torque in PMMC ___ |
| 1057 | Basically, a PMMC instrument can be used only in ___ |
| 1058 | Which electrical instruments below is the most sensitive? |
| 1059 | To increase the measuring capability of a moving-iron ac ammeter, a ___ should be used |
| 1060 | Moving iron instrument have a scale function that is ___ |
| 1061 | The scale of a hot wire instrument is a/an ___ function |
| 1062 | The zero-adjust control in an analog type ohmmeter is used to ___ |
| 1063 | What is the purpose of the rheostat in ohmmeter? |
| 1064 | An ammeter has a full-scale deflection current of 100mA ___ |
| 1065 | In order to make an accurate measurement as possible, the internal resistance of a voltmeter must be ___ |
| 1066 | If a meter with a full-scale current of 100μA is used as an ac voltmeter with half-wave rectification, its ac sensitivity is ___ |
| 1067 | A meter has a full-scale current of 50μA, what is its sensitivity? |
| 1068 | Voltage measurement in a high impedance circuit requires a voltmeter with ___ |
| 1069 | For the greatest accuracy, what should be the input impedance of a VOM beFor the greatest accuracy, what should be the input impedance of a VOM be? |
| 1070 | To prevent damage of the multirange ammeter during selection, a/an ___ should be used |
| 1071 | Which of the ammeter below that has no insertion error? |
| 1072 | A device that is used to measure current without opening the circuit ___ |
| 1073 | Increasing the value of the series resistor of a voltmeter, its voltage measuring capability ___ |
| 1074 | Decreasing the value of the shunt resistor of an ammeter, its current measuring capability ___ |
| 1075 | Error in ohmmeter reading is due to ___ |
| 1076 | Which type of meter requires its own power source? |
| 1077 | Error in ammeter reading id due to ___ |
| 1078 | Error in voltmeter reading is due to ___ |
| 1079 | For a dynamometer to be able to measure high current, a should be used ___ |
| 1080 | Which dynamometer instrument has a uniform scale? |
| 1081 | What damping method is generally used in dynamometers? |
| 1082 | Dynamometers are mostly used as ___ |
| 1083 | An indicating instrument whose movable coils rotate between two stationary coils, usually used as wattmeter ___ |
| 1084 | A device used to mechanically measure the output power of a motor ___ |
| 1085 | An electrodynamic meter used to measure power ___ |
| 1086 | Resistance measuring instrument particularly used in determining the insulation resistance ___ |
| 1087 | What is the normal indication on a megger (megohmmeter) when checking insulation? |
| 1088 | This instrument refers to that one, which measures the intensity of the radiation, received from any portion of the sky ___ |
| 1089 | This instrument measures temperatures by electric means, especially temperatures beyond the range of mercury thermometers ___ |
| 1090 | Measuring instrument that can be used only to measure voltages ___ |
| 1091 | Measurement of high dc-voltages is usually done by using ___ |
| 1092 | What ammeter is mostly used in measuring high-frequency currents? |
| 1093 | What is that device, which depends on the action of a movable permanent magnet, in aligning itself in the resultant field, produced either by a fixed permanent magnet and adjacent coil or ___ |
| 1094 | An instrument which depends on current in one or more foxed-coils acting on one or more pieces of soft iron, at least one of which is movable ___ |
| 1095 | A permanent-magnet moving-coil instrument ___ |
| 1096 | What is the common type of meter movement? |
| 1097 | An instrument used to detect and measure the presence of electrical current is generally called ___ |
| 1098 | What is the basic unit for measuring current flow? |
| 1099 | A device or mechanism used to determine the value of a quantity under observation ___ |
| 1100 | The smallest change in a measured variable to which an instrument will respond ___ |
| 1101 | An instrument or device having recognized permanent or stable value that is used as a reference ___ |
| 1102 | What do you call the difference between any number within the set of numbers and the arithmetic mean of that set of numbers? |
| 1103 | Errors in analog meter reading due to your physical position with respect to the meter scale ___ |
| 1104 | Errors introduced by the observer or user ___ |
| 1105 | When an instrument is subjected to harsh environments such as high temperature, strong magnetic, electrostatic or electromagnetic field, it may have detrimental effects and cause errors known as ___ |
| 1106 | Errors due to frictions of the meter movement, incorrect spring tension, improper calibration or faulty instruments ___ |
| 1107 | The deviation of a reading from the expected value ___ |
| 1108 | In measurements, the sum of a set of numbers divided by the total number of pieces of data in the given set is called ___ |
| 1109 | Precision is also known as ___ |
| 1110 | A measure of consistency or repeatability of measurements is called ___ |
| 1111 | In measurement, what do you call the degree of exactness compared to the expected value of the variable being measured? |
| 1112 | A procedure or sequence of operations for determining whether a component or equipment is functioning or working normally ___ |
| 1113 | The art or process of determining the existence or knowing the magnitude of something, directly or indirectly in terms of a recognized standard ___ |
| 1114 | Active devices used in switching regulators may experience large over-currents during conduction (turn-on-state) and large over-voltages during turn-off ___ |
| 1115 | In voltage regulators, the control element plays a major part in providing proper and efficient regulation ___ |
| 1116 | In switching regulators, what are the semiconductor devices that can be used as controllable power switches? |
| 1117 | Which of the regulators dissipates less power and therefore generates less heat? |
| 1118 | Technique(s) in using low-power, low-voltage transistors in high voltage regulators ___ |
| 1119 | A crowbar circuit is used ___ |
| 1120 | What is the simplest way of protecting power supplies from reverse polarity/reverse- current flow? |
| 1121 | The three-terminal voltage regulators, such as the 78XX series has a typical current rating of 1.5 amperes ___ |
| 1122 | Typical ripple rejection of most three-terminal voltage regulators ___ |
| 1123 | In a three-terminal adjustable positive voltage regulator (317), what is the band-gap voltage between the output terminal and adjustment terminal? |
| 1124 | What three-terminal IC regulator that has a variable negative voltage output? |
| 1125 | A three-terminal variable positive voltage regulator ___ |
| 1126 | What is the regulated output voltage of a 7924 regulator? |
| 1127 | Three-terminal fixed positive voltage regulators commonly used in industry ___ |
| 1128 | A load draws 1 A current from a 10-V regulated power supply ___ |
| 1129 | A 12 VDC power supply is regulated using 7805 IC and is used in TTL circuits that require a 0.2 amps current ___ |
| 1130 | The most efficient voltage regulator and is therefore used in high-current high-voltage applications ___ |
| 1131 | Most voltage regulators used ___ as their control element |
| 1132 | Sampling circuit used in most voltage regulators ___ |
| 1133 | The element/device used as a comparator in most voltage regulators ___ |
| 1134 | In voltage regulators, what do you call the element/device that controls the amount of current/voltage/power? |
| 1135 | Voltage reference element in most voltage regulators ___ |
| 1136 | Which regulator is the most efficient? |
| 1137 | A voltage regulator connected in parallel with the load ___ |
| 1138 | Ripple voltage in power supplies causes unwanted effects on the load it is supplying, i.e. a hum in audio amplifiers ___ |
| 1139 | Which power supply filter gives the smallest ripple voltage? |
| 1140 | A 20-Vdc power supply was found to have a ripple voltage of 2 Vrms when supplying 1.5 amps load ___ |
| 1141 | For a power supply with a peak-to-peak ripple voltage of 5 Vpp, determine its rms ripple ___ |
| 1142 | In capacitor-filtered power supply, what will happen to the ripple voltage if the load is disconnected? |
| 1143 | Calculate the peak-to-peak ripple voltage of a 20 V full-wave power supply with a filter capacitor C = 220 µF when delivering a load current of 50 mA ___ |
| 1144 | Find the ripple factor (kr) of a sinusoidal signal with peak ripple of 4 volts on an average of 30 ___ |
| 1145 | Making the filter capacitor large in a power supply results to ___ |
| 1146 | Factor(s) that can reduce the ripple voltage of a power supply ___ |
| 1147 | To improve the dc output voltage of a power supply, a ___ |
| 1148 | Ripple factor of a full-wave rectifier ___ |
| 1149 | Determine the dc-voltage of a full-wave bridge rectifier when the input ac-voltage is 24 Vrms ___ |
| 1150 | Relate the magnitude of the dc-output voltage to the ac input rms voltage of a full-wave rectifier ___ |
| 1151 | Find direct current voltage from a full-wave rectifier with 120 V peak rectified voltage ___ |
| 1152 | Common to both full-wave and full-wave bridge rectifiers ___ |
| 1153 | Fullwave rectifier defers from fullwave bridge in what aspect? |
| 1154 | To double the capability of the half-wave rectifier, a ___ must be used |
| 1155 | Calculate the dc-voltage at the output of a half-wave rectifier with a 12Vrms input ___ |
| 1156 | Percent ripple of a half-wave rectifier ___ |
| 1157 | For a half-wave rectifier, the average output voltage is ___ of the maximum ac- voltage |
| 1158 | A rectifier that uses either the positive or negative portion only of the main ac-supply ___ |
| 1159 | Most electronic devices/circuits require dc-voltage to operate ___ |
| 1160 | One of the following items below is not one of the main components of an alternating current power supply ___ |
| 1161 | Mutual inductance between two coils can be decreased by ___ |
| 1162 | The ratio of the amount of magnetic flux linking a secondary coil compared to the flux generated by the primary coil ___ |
| 1163 | The loss in a transformer due to the changing field is called ___ |
| 1164 | Large transformers have approximately an efficiency of ___ |
| 1165 | What is the purpose of laminating the core of a transformer? |
| 1166 | Practically how many percent is copper loss to the total loss in transformers? |
| 1167 | What is true about core-type transformers? |
| 1168 | In transformer windings, the more number of turns ___ |
| 1169 | In transformers, the voltage per turn at the primary is the secondary ___ |
| 1170 | The increase in temperature in a transformer is mainly due to ___ |
| 1171 | Leakage flux in transformers will cause ___ |
| 1172 | What will happen to the eddy current loss in transformers when the load is increased? |
| 1173 | ___ currents are wasteful currents which flows in cores of transformers and produces heat |
| 1174 | What is the effect of air gaps at the transformer core? |
| 1175 | Considered as an ideal transformer ___ |
| 1176 | In ___ transformers, when its primary is energized the secondary should never be open-circuited |
| 1177 | Generally, in what application you consider the use of core-type transformers? |
| 1178 | What do you think will happen to a transformer when its primary is connected to a DC supply? |
| 1179 | In a single-phase transformer, the core flux is ___ |
| 1180 | How are the primary and secondary coupled in autotransformers? |
| 1181 | What will happen if a power transformer is to be operated at a very high frequency? |
| 1182 | At very low frequencies, transformers woks poorly because ___ |
| 1183 | In transformers, the amount of copper used in the primary is ___ |
| 1184 | What are the two parameters in transformers that are the same in both primary and secondary? |
| 1185 | In constructing transformers, the primary and secondary windings should have ___ |
| 1186 | For transformers, maximum efficiency happens when ___ |
| 1187 | For transformers, zero efficiency happens when it has ___ |
| 1188 | Cooling system for transformers with ratings less than 5kVA ___ |
| 1189 | When the transformer secondary winding is short-circuited, its primary inductance will ___ |
| 1190 | Short-circuit test with transformers is always done on what winding? |
| 1191 | Open-circuit test with transformers is always done on what winding? |
| 1192 | With transformer, what is measured when performing open-circuit test? |
| 1193 | Transformer is considered by many as an efficient device due to the fact that ___ |
| 1194 | A transformer consist of the following ___ |
| 1195 | In electronic converters, what signal is mostly used to trigger the active device? |
| 1196 | A converter that changes ac-voltage frequency from one to another ___ |
| 1197 | What converter must be used if one wished to change dc-voltage into ac-voltage? |
| 1198 | A converter that changes ac-voltage to another ac-voltage level ___ |
| 1199 | Conversion from dc-voltage to another dc-voltage requires a ___ |
| 1200 | A circuit that converts ac-voltage to dc-voltage ___ |
| 1201 | In motor speed control, what is responsible for SCR firing? |
| 1202 | How do you reverse the rotation of a dc shunt motor? |
| 1203 | In controlling motor speed, the SCRs controls the ___ |
| 1204 | Which thyristor is commonly used is motor speed control? |
| 1205 | DC shunt motor speed can be controlled electronically by using a ___ in series with the armature winding |
| 1206 | Motors are used to convert electrical energy to mechanical energy ___ |
| 1207 | Why does in dc motor, brushes are positioned such that they will be with the direction of the rotation? |
| 1208 | When armature current is increased in a dc motor, its armature reaction will ___ |
| 1209 | In dc motors, the speed will ___ |
| 1210 | Why do motors take large current during starting? |
| 1211 | When an armature opens in dc motor, it may cause ___ |
| 1212 | Which motor that produces the highest increase in torque considering the same increase in current? |
| 1213 | When a motor is overloaded, it will usually ___ |
| 1214 | Motor vibrations are usually caused by ___ |
| 1215 | Dirt on the commutator may produce ___ |
| 1216 | In dc motors, power loss is contributed greatly by ___ |
| 1217 | Factor(s) that affect friction and winding loses in dc motors ___ |
| 1218 | In motors of the same rating, which has the least starting torque? |
| 1219 | In applications where sudden heavy loads happen for short duration, a motor is the best choice ___ |
| 1220 | In applications where a high torque is needed during starting a ___ motor is preferred |
| 1221 | In applications where an almost constant speed is required, a motor is a good choice ___ |
| 1222 | One advantage of a cumulatively compounded motor is that it does not run widely at light loads, this feature is due to ___ |
| 1223 | Factor(s) that affect iron losses in a dc motor ___ |
| 1224 | A motor whose speed increases as the load is increased ___ |
| 1225 | What will happen to a dc series motor when its load is removed? |
| 1226 | What will happen to the dc shunt motor if the load torque greatly increases? |
| 1227 | In choosing a motor for a particular application, what characteristic you should consider? |
| 1228 | The running speed of a dc series motor is greatly affected by what factor? |
| 1229 | What is the most common method used in varying the speed of a dc motor? |
| 1230 | Considered as a variable speed motor ___ |
| 1231 | For heavy-duty dc motor, how does the effect of armature reaction be corrected? |
| 1232 | One causes why the shaft torque is less than the developed armature torque of a dc motor ___ |
| 1233 | The torque of a dc motor is ___ |
| 1234 | When can we get a maximum mechanical power from a dc motor? |
| 1235 | When a dc motor has no load, what will happen to the back emf? |
| 1236 | Motors whose speed can be easily controlled ___ |
| 1237 | Which dc motors whose speed is greatly affected by a change in load? |
| 1238 | To minimize arcing during starting of dc motors, a resistance should be added to limit the current in the ___ |
| 1239 | In dc motors, the emf developed which opposes to the supplied voltage ___ |
| 1240 | In dc motors, when does severe arcing happens? |
| 1241 | Dc motor that has the most stable speed ___ |
| 1242 | Among the dc motors, which produces the highest torque? |
| 1243 | In ac motors, generally ___ |
| 1244 | Generally in dc motors ___ |
| 1245 | Synchronous type of ac-motor, ___ |
| 1246 | Electrical machines that convert electrical energy to mechanical energy ___ |
| 1247 | In electrical power distributions, what insulator is generally used? |
| 1248 | In electrical power Generating/distribution Company, which do you think is their highest expenses? |
| 1249 | The lines which carry the energy from the transformer to a customer’s services are called ___ |
| 1250 | In electrical power distribution, what do you call the first distribution line from the main generating station? |
| 1251 | How alternators rated? |
| 1252 | What do you mean by break power transfer? |
| 1253 | In changing power from one generator to another, what do you call the operational sequence wherein the incoming generator is connected first before removing the existing generator? |
| 1254 | Description used for generators trying to self-adjust its parameters before paralleling with on line generators ___ |
| 1255 | In paralleling ac generators, ___ is very important |
| 1256 | What term applies to the use of two or more generators to supply a common load? |
| 1257 | For what reason, why carbon brushes are widely used dc machines? |
| 1258 | Is usually used to drive high-speed alternators ___ |
| 1259 | Usually used to drive low-speed alternators ___ |
| 1260 | Calculate the voltage regulation of a generator having a no-load voltage of 220 V and a full load voltage of 180 V ___ |
| 1261 | What is the voltage regulation when the full load voltage is the same as no-load voltage assuming a perfect voltage source? |
| 1262 | What should be the speed of a 6-pole ac generator in order to have a frequency of 50Hz? |
| 1263 | If an ac generator is to be driven from prime mover having variable speed, such as aircraft engine, a must be used ___ |
| 1264 | With alternators connected in parallel, the voltage of the system can be changed by ___ |
| 1265 | With alternators connected in parallel, the frequency of the system can be changed by ___ |
| 1266 | What is the purpose of laminating the field poles and armature of a dc machine? |
| 1267 | Which winding in a dc-compound generator that is relatively made of fine wires? |
| 1268 | In a compound generator, which field winding usually, has a lower resistance? |
| 1269 | What is true about field poles in electric machines? |
| 1270 | A dc generator whose excitation is produced by a winding connected to its own positive and negative terminals ___ |
| 1271 | Generally in ac generators ___ |
| 1272 | In electrical machines, what type of voltage is generated at the armature winding? |
| 1273 | Generally, in dc generators ___ |
| 1274 | In dc generator, what converts the alternating emf to DC? |
| 1275 | In electrical machines, what do you call the set of conductors wound on laminated cores of good magnetic permeability? |
| 1276 | Two essential parts in rotating generators ___ |
| 1277 | Generation of voltage in a generator can only happen when? |
| 1278 | It consist of a single coil rotated in a magnetic field and produces an A.C. voltage ___ |
| 1279 | Electrical machine that changes ac voltage at one frequency to another ac voltage at another frequency ___ |
| 1280 | Electrical machine that converts ac voltage to dc voltage, or vice versa ___ |
| 1281 | Electrical machines that convert mechanical energy to electrical energy ___ |
| 1282 | Electrical machines refer to machines that convert ___ |
| 1283 | The source of mechanical power to turn the rotors of alternators, large and small, A.C. and D.C ___ |
| 1284 | Electricity that is generated due to heat, as in thermocouple ___ |
| 1285 | A junction between two conductors that exhibits electrical characteristics under condition of changing temperature ___ |
| 1286 | Substance used in photovoltaic cells ___ |
| 1287 | A cell whose voltage is generated as a function of light ___ |
| 1288 | Substance, which generates a voltage when exposed to light ___ |
| 1289 | Output of automotive battery with six lead-acid cells in series ___ |
| 1290 | The flat 9-V battery, has how many cells in series? |
| 1291 | Output of six carbon-zinc cells connected in series ___ |
| 1292 | Silver-cadmium cell has a nominal open-circuit voltage of ___ |
| 1293 | Find the output of a four (4) lead acid cells ___ |
| 1294 | A primary cell with carbon and zinc as its positive and negative electrodes respectively, and an electrolyte of either a gel or paste ___ |
| 1295 | A battery is rated 20 A-hr and is delivering a current of 2A ___ |
| 1296 | How long will a battery need to operate a 240 Watts equipment, whose capacity is 100Ah and 24 volts rating? |
| 1297 | In batteries, the material used to insulate the positive plates from negative plates are technically called ___ |
| 1298 | The maximum current a cell can deliver through a 0.01 ohm load during testing ___ |
| 1299 | In a dry cell, what will happen to the internal resistance as it aged? |
| 1300 | A battery is used to ___ |
| 1301 | A battery means ___ |
| 1302 | A voltage source in a single container made from one or more cells combines in series, parallel, or series-parallel ___ |
| 1303 | A cell whose chemical reaction is not reversible ___ |
| 1304 | What type of cell that cannot be recharged which cannot restore chemical reaction? |
| 1305 | If a cell can be charged after it is depleted, it is considered as ___ |
| 1306 | A secondary cell whose active positive plate consists of nickel hydroxide, and active negative-plate material is powdered iron oxide mixed with cadmium ___ |
| 1307 | A device that is capable of converting chemical energy into electrical energy ___ |
| 1308 | A device that transforms chemical energy into electrical energy ___ |
| 1309 | Considered as a free-running multivibrator ___ |
| 1310 | Flip-flop is actually a ___ multivibrator |
| 1311 | Is also known as Eccles/Jordan circuit ___ |
| 1312 | A multivibrator having two stable state ___ |
| 1313 | What determines the pulse time in a monostable multivibrator? |
| 1314 | Monostable multivibrator is also known as ___ |
| 1315 | A multivibrator that generates one output pulse for each input trigger pulse ___ |
| 1316 | A circuit usually containing two transistors or tubes in an RC-coupled amplifier, the two active devices switch each other alternately on and off ___ |
| 1317 | A self-excited oscillator in which the tank is divided into input and feedback portions by an inductive voltage divider or a tapped coil ___ |
| 1318 | A self-excited oscillator in which the tank is divided into input and feedback portions by a capacitive voltage divider ___ |
| 1319 | A microwave oscillator ___ |
| 1320 | Type of oscillator whose frequency is dependent on the charge and discharge of RC networks ___ |
| 1321 | What determines the resonant frequency of a crystal? |
| 1322 | What do you call the oscillator circuit that uses a tapped coli in the tuned circuit? |
| 1323 | Circuits that produces alternating or pulsating current or voltage ___ |
| 1324 | Which of the following is not an essential part of an oscillator? |
| 1325 | Which condition must exist for a circuit to oscillate? |
| 1326 | Example(s) of surface-mounted technology (SMT) devices ___ |
| 1327 | For high density ICs involving many op-amps, what packaging is suitable? |
| 1328 | Dual-in-line or DIL package is designated as ___ |
| 1329 | The most popular op-amp packages are the metal can, 8-pin DIP, and the SMT ___ |
| 1330 | What op-amp parameter(s) that can be governed by the bias control in a programmable op-amp? |
| 1331 | Op-amps whose internal transistor biasing can be controlled externally are categorize as ___ |
| 1332 | The magnitude of the op-amps input offset voltage before it can be classified as a low- input offset voltage op-amp ___ |
| 1333 | Generally, where does hybrid op-amps found its application? |
| 1334 | Op-amps designed to operate at high slew rate, about 2000 V/ µsec and at high frequencies, more than 50 MHz ___ |
| 1335 | What do we mean by a general-purpose op-amps? |
| 1336 | Typical value of the external frequency-compensating capacitor of op-amps ___ |
| 1337 | What is true about the external frequency-compensation capacitor? |
| 1338 | What do we mean by externally compensated op-amps? |
| 1339 | Op-amps with internal frequency compensation are very stable with respect to signal frequencies ___ |
| 1340 | Approximate the noise gain of an inverting adder using op-amps if it has five inputs ___ |
| 1341 | In most ac-amplifiers using op-amps, the feedback resistor is shunted with a very small capacitance, what is its purpose? |
| 1342 | Which of the following of the resistor combinations that provides lesser noise in op- amp circuits? |
| 1343 | The random voltage at the output of an op-amp which could occupy the entire bandwidth ___ |
| 1344 | A unity-gain summing amplifier has three inputs, ___ |
| 1345 | What is the noise gain of op-amps? |
| 1346 | The gain of an inverting amplifier is determined by the ratio of the feedback and input resistors (Rf/Ri), meaning we can select any value of resistors as long as its ratio is the same ___ |
| 1347 | Calculate the closed-loop voltage gain of an inverting amplifier having a feedback and an input resistance of 100 kΩ and 10 kΩ, respectively ___ |
| 1348 | The voltage gain of an op-amp voltage follower ___ |
| 1349 | An active integrator uses an op-amp, what is its feedback element? |
| 1350 | The feedback element of a differentiator constructed from op-amp is ___ |
| 1351 | An op-amp zero-crossing detector without hysteresis, ___ |
| 1352 | What gain is significant when an op-amp is used as a voltage comparator? |
| 1353 | Two comparators using op-amps, configured such that it can detect voltage levels within a certain range of values rather than simply comparing whether a voltage is above or below a certain reference ___ |
| 1354 | When an op-amp is used as a comparator, the output voltage would be +VSAT if ___ |
| 1355 | What must be the slew rate of an op-amp to be used in order to provide an undistorted output voltage of .10 V ac a frequency of 100,000 rad/sec? |
| 1356 | What is the maximum signal frequency that can be used in an op-amp having a specified slew rate of 0.5 V/ µsec? |
| 1357 | Factor(s) or parameter(s) that determine(s) the op-amps maximum operating temperature ___ |
| 1358 | The maximum output voltage rate of change of an op-amp ___ |
| 1359 | Rise time is defined as the time required for the output voltage to rise from ___ to ___ of its final value |
| 1360 | An op-amp has a specified transient response rise time of 0.3 µs, calculate its unity- gain bandwidth ___ |
| 1361 | Calculate the cutoff frequency (fc)of an op-amp having a unity-gain bandwidth product ___ |
| 1362 | The low and high cutoff frequencies of an amplifier is also called ___ |
| 1363 | Frequency at which the voltage gain of op-amp reduces to unity ___ |
| 1364 | A reduction of op-amp’s voltage gain by a factor of two each time the frequency doubles ___ |
| 1365 | What do we mean by a 20 dB/decade roll-off? |
| 1366 | The reduction of op-amps gain due to increasing operating frequency ___ |
| 1367 | What will happen to the voltage gain of op-amp when its operating frequency is increased? |
| 1368 | The frequency at which the open-loop gain of an op-amp is 0.707 times its value at very low frequency ___ |
| 1369 | What do we mean by internally compensated op-amps? |
| 1370 | If an op-amp is used to amplify small ac-signals, what parameter you should greatly consider to ensure better performance? |
| 1371 | For ac-amplifiers using op-amps what parameters can affect its performance ___ |
| 1372 | In large signal dc-amplifiers using op-amp, which parameter has the least effect on its performance? |
| 1373 | Op-amp parameter(s) that is important in large signal dc-amplification ___ |
| 1374 | Which op-amp parameter(s) that normally affects its small signal dc-amplification performance? |
| 1375 | What cause(s) the well-adjusted output offset voltage of op-amps to change? |
| 1376 | What is the most effective way of minimizing the output offset voltage of an op-amp? |
| 1377 | An op-amp is wired as an inverting amplifier with an input and feedback resistances of 1 kΩ and 100 kΩ, respectively ___ |
| 1378 | How can we minimize the effect of the input offset current and input offset voltage at the output offset voltage? |
| 1379 | What is the effect of the input offset voltage to the output voltage if the op-amp has no feedback element? |
| 1380 | The battery representing the input offset voltage in op-amp circuit analysis is connected where? |
| 1381 | In op-amp analysis, the input offset voltage is represented by ___ |
| 1382 | The approximate value of the bias-current compensating resistor in op-amp circuits is ___ |
| 1383 | What is a bias-current compensating resistor in op-amp circuits? |
| 1384 | How will you minimize the output offset voltage due to the input offset current of an op- amp? |
| 1385 | The output offset voltage of an op-amp is due to the input offset current and voltage |
| 1386 | An op-amp inverting amplifier uses a feedback resistor of 100 kΩ and input resistor of 10 kΩ ___ |
| 1387 | Calculate the output offset voltage of an inverting amplifier using op-amp with an input offset current of 10 nA ___ |
| 1388 | The output offset voltage of an op-amp is (are) due to ___ |
| 1389 | Ideally, the output voltage of an op-amp is zero when there is no input signal, however, in practical circuits, a small output voltage appears, this voltage is known as ___ |
| 1390 | It is known through experiment that the input bias currents at the non-inverting (IB+) and inverting (IB-) inputs of a certain op-amp is 100 nA and 80 nA, respectively ___ |
| 1391 | As electronic circuit operates, its operating temperature changes which causes device parameters to change ___ |
| 1392 | The reason why a slight difference between the input bias current occurs in op-amps is due to the unsymmetrical circuit component parameters ___ |
| 1393 | The change in input offset current due to temperature change ___ |
| 1394 | Ideal op-amp requires no input current, but real op-amp needs a very small input current called input bias current ___ |
| 1395 | The current needed at the input of an op-amp to operate it normally ___ |
| 1396 | The µA741 op-amp has a CMRR of 90dB and a differential-mode voltage amplification of 200,000.What is the op-amp’s common-mode voltage gain? |
| 1397 | What is the maximum output voltage swing of an op-amp? |
| 1398 | The non-inverting and inverting inputs of an op-amp have an input voltage of 1.5 mV and 1.0 mV, respectively ___ |
| 1399 | Calculate the CMRR of an op-amp having a common-mode gain of 10 and a differential- mode gain of 100,000 ___ |
| 1400 | An operational amplifier has a common-mode voltage gain of 10 and a differential-mode voltage gain of 20,000, calculate its common-mode rejection ratio (CMRR) ___ |
| 1401 | The ratio of the differential gain and common gain of an op-amp ___ |
| 1402 | In op-amps, which gain is the highest? |
| 1403 | If op-amps are operated in differential mode, its gain is technically termed as ___ |
| 1404 | When one input of the op-amp is connected to ground and the other is to the signal source, its operation is called ___ |
| 1405 | What do you call of the gain of an op-amp if operated in common mode input? |
| 1406 | The operating mode of an op-amp, when both inputs are tied together or when the input signal is common to both inputs ___ |
| 1407 | When the same signal is applied to both inverting and non-inverting input terminals of an ideal op-amp, the output voltage would be ___ |
| 1408 | Op-amps have two input terminals namely, the inverting (-) and non-inverting (+) inputs ___ |
| 1409 | Primarily, op-amps are operated with bipolar power supply, however, we can also use single polarity power supply by ___ |
| 1410 | What is the purpose of a level shifter in op-amps? |
| 1411 | The stage followed by the output complementary in op-amps functional block diagram ___ |
| 1412 | Why do most op-amps use a common collector at the output stage? |
| 1413 | The transistor configuration used at the output complementary stage of most op-amps ___ |
| 1414 | What type of amplifier commonly used at the output stage of op-amps? |
| 1415 | How does the input of an op-amp made high? |
| 1416 | A good op-amp has a ___ |
| 1417 | In op-amps functional block diagram, what follows the differential amplifier? |
| 1418 | An amplifier whose output is proportional to the difference between the voltages applied to its two inputs ___ |
| 1419 | The circuit at the input stage of operational amplifiers ___ |
| 1420 | An operational amplifier must have at least how many usable terminals? |
| 1421 | What are the possible applications of operational amplifiers (op-amps)? |
| 1422 | It is a very high-gain differential amplifier with very high input impedance and very low output impedance ___ |
| 1423 | One of the most versatile and widely used electronic device in linear applications ___ |
| 1424 | An amplifier having high direct-current stability and high immunity to oscillation, this is initially used to perform analog-computer functions such as summing and integrating ___ |
| 1425 | An amplifier basically constructed from two transistors and whose output is proportional to the difference between the voltages applied to its two inputs ___ |
| 1426 | Transistor arrangement that operates like a darlington but uses a combination of pnp and npn transistors instead of both npn ___ |
| 1427 | What is the approximate threshold voltage between the base-emitter junction of a silicon darlington transistor? |
| 1428 | What are the transistor configurations used in a cascade amplifier? |
| 1429 | Famous transistor amplifier configuration designed to eliminate the so called Miller effect ___ |
| 1430 | A two-stage transistor amplifier in which the output collector of the first stage provides input to the emitter of the second stage ___ |
| 1431 | A direct-coupled two-stage transistor configuration wherein the output of the firs transistor is directly coupled and amplified by the second transistor ___ |
| 1432 | A multistage transistor amplifier arranged in a conventional series manner, the output of one stage is forward-coupled to the next stage ___ |
| 1433 | Which of the following refers to the gain of a circuit? |
| 1434 | An amplifier has the following percent harmonic distortions ___ |
| 1435 | Calculate the 2nd harmonic distortion for an output signal having a fundamental amplitude of 3V and a 2nd harmonic amplitude of 0.3V ___ |
| 1436 | A nonlinear distortion in which the output consists of undesired harmonic frequencies of the input signal ___ |
| 1437 | Distortion that is due to the inability of an amplifier to amplify equally well all the frequencies present at the input signal ___ |
| 1438 | A type of distortion wherein the output signal does not have the desired linear relation to the input ___ |
| 1439 | Basically, which class of amplifiers has the least distortion? |
| 1440 | Amplifiers conversion efficiency are calculated using what formula? |
| 1441 | A push-pull amplifier that uses either npn or pnp as its final stage ___ |
| 1442 | A push-pull amplifier that uses npn and pnp transistors to amplify the positive and negative cycles respectively ___ |
| 1443 | Two class B amplifiers connected such that one amplifies the positive cycle and the other amplifies the remaining negative cycle ___ |
| 1444 | What do you call an amplifier that is biased to class C but modulates over the same portion of the curve as if it were biased to class B? |
| 1445 | Which amplifiers can be used for linear amplification? |
| 1446 | Which of the amplifiers given below that is considered as non-linear? |
| 1447 | The Q-point of a class D amplifier can be set or positioned at what region in the load line? |
| 1448 | Where does the Q-point of a class C amplifier positioned? |
| 1449 | The Q-point for class A amplifier is at the active region, while for class B it is at cutoff region, how about for class AB? |
| 1450 | For a class B amplifier, the operating point or Q-point is set at ___ |
| 1451 | In most transistor class A amplifiers, the quiescent point is set at ___ |
| 1452 | In order to have the best efficiency and stability, where at the loadline should a solid state power amplifier be operated? |
| 1453 | Among the given amplifiers below, which is the most efficient? |
| 1454 | An amplifier of class AB means its output signal is between the output of class B and A, such that it varies from 180° (class B) to 360° (class A) ___ |
| 1455 | For pulse-amplification, class D amplifier is mostly used ___ |
| 1456 | Transistorized class C power amplifiers will usually have an efficiency of ___ |
| 1457 | Class B amplifiers deliver an output signal of 180° and have a maximum efficiency of ___ |
| 1458 | A class A amplifier has an efficiency of only 25%, but this can be increased if the output is coupled with a transformer ___ |
| 1459 | What is the efficiency of a series-fed class A amplifier? |
| 1460 | Which class of amplifiers that has the highest efficiency? |
| 1461 | How do you classify an amplifier used to amplify either amplitude modulated (AM) or frequency modulated (FM) signals? |
| 1462 | Which class of amplifiers that is intended for pulse operation? |
| 1463 | A full 360° sine-wave signal is applied as an input to an unknown class of amplifier, if the output delivers only a pulse of less than 180°, of what class does this amplifier belongs? |
| 1464 | What is the distinguishing feature of a class C amplifier? |
| 1465 | A class of amplifiers wherein the output signal swings more than 180° but less than 360° ___ |
| 1466 | An amplifier that delivers an output signal of 180° only ___ |
| 1467 | If a transistor amplifier provides a 360° output signal, it is classified as ___ |
| 1468 | Class A amplifier can be built from what transistor configuration? |
| 1469 | What do you call an amplifier which has an output current flowing during the whole input current cycle? |
| 1470 | In semiconductor application, which of the following statement is not true? |
| 1471 | A junction field effect transistor has a drain saturation current of 10 mA and a pinch-off voltage of -4 V ___ |
| 1472 | A monolithic semiconductor-amplifying device in which a high-impedance GATE electrode controls the flow of current carriers through a thin bar of semiconductor called the CHANNEL ___ |
| 1473 | In general, which of the transistors is particularly more useful in integrated-circuit (IC) chips? |
| 1474 | Advantage or advantages of V-MOS over BJT ___ |
| 1475 | A type of FET wherein the channel is formed in the vertical direction rather than horizontal ___ |
| 1476 | Which FET has a wide and short effective channel? |
| 1477 | Which FET operates as close as BJT in terms of switching? |
| 1478 | JFET cutoff frequency is dependent on channel length by a factor of ___ |
| 1479 | One drawback of JFET devices is the strong dependence of the devices’ parameters on the channel geometry ___ |
| 1480 | Calculate the transconductance of a p-channel MOSFET enhancement type if the gate- source voltage ___ |
| 1481 | What is the difference between a JFET and a MOSFET? |
| 1482 | Which FET that has a substrate? |
| 1483 | The base material of a MOSFET which extends as an additional terminal ___ |
| 1484 | To deplete a channel from a p-channel IGFET depletion type, the gate voltage should be ___ with respect to the source |
| 1485 | In an n-channel enhancement type MOSFET, the gate voltage should be ___ with respect to the source in order to produce or enhance a channel |
| 1486 | The substrate of a MOSFET is usually connected internally to ___ |
| 1487 | To switch off the depletion type MOSFET, the channel should be depleted. Depletion of the channel is done by applying enough voltage across the gate-source terminal ___ |
| 1488 | The amount of voltage needed at the gate-source terminal for an enhancement type MOSFET so that a channel can be formed for the current to flow ___ |
| 1489 | What type of MOSFET whose channel is originally thick but narrows as the proper gate bias is applied? |
| 1490 | A type of MOSFET wherein originally there is no channel between the drain and the source ___ |
| 1491 | In MOSFET, it is the foundation upon which the device will be constructed and is formed from a silicon base ___ |
| 1492 | A field-effect transistor in which the gate electrode is not a pn junction (as in the junction field-effect transistor) but a thin metal film insulated from the semiconductor channel by a thin oxide film ___ |
| 1493 | Base from Shockley’s equation of a JFET, what is the drain current when the applied voltage ___ |
| 1494 | An n-channel JFET has a drain-source saturation current ___ |
| 1495 | What is the insulator used in most MOS-FET? |
| 1496 | In order to increase further the input resistance of a FET, its gate is insulated ___ |
| 1497 | Which type of FET has the lowest input resistance? |
| 1498 | A FET in which the gate electrode consists of a pn junction ___ |
| 1499 | An early version of the field effect transistor in which limited control of current carriers near the surface of a semiconductor bar or film was obtained by an external electric field applied transversely ___ |
| 1500 | The graph of the drain current ___ |
| 1501 | The current that flows into the channel of a JFET when the gate-source voltage is zero ___ |
| 1502 | The voltage across the gate-source terminal of a FET that causes drain current ID equal to zero ___ |
| 1503 | For a normal operation of an n-channel JFET, how do you bias the gate-source junction? |
| 1504 | What will happen to the channel of a JFET as current flows to it? |
| 1505 | What do you call the area in a JFET where current passes as it flows from source (S) to drain (D) ___ |
| 1506 | A BJT is a current-controlled current-source device while JFET is a device ___ |
| 1507 | One obvious advantage of a JFET over BJT is its ___ |
| 1508 | Junction field effect transistor or JFET has three terminals, which corresponds to the E- B-C of the BJT? |
| 1509 | Considered as the basic FET or the simplest form of FET ___ |
| 1510 | The operation of BJT involves both the flow of electrons and holes and is therefore, considered as a bipolar device ___ |
| 1511 | Field-effect transistors (FETs) offer high input impedance than BJT ___ |
| 1512 | Another difference between a BJT and a FET with regards to its normal biasing ___ |
| 1513 | What is the primary difference between the BJT and the FET? |
| 1514 | The base of a transistor serves a purpose to what element of the FET? |
| 1515 | The graph of the product of collector-emitter voltage VCE and collector current IC in the transistor output characteristic curve ___ |
| 1516 | Which of the following transistor characteristic curves that is most useful? |
| 1517 | Common-collector has the lowest power gain and a voltage gain of approximately one ___ |
| 1518 | Common-base configuration has a high voltage gain and a current gain of ___ |
| 1519 | In most transistor input equivalent circuit it comprises of a resistor and a ___ |
| 1520 | The input impedance of a common-base configuration is hib, and its magnitude is approximately equal to ___ |
| 1521 | Hybrid parameter that is usually neglected in circuit analysis ___ |
| 1522 | For a common-emitter transistor configuration, the hybrid parameter hfe stands for forward transfer current ratio ___ |
| 1523 | Which transistor configuration hybrid parameters, that is usually specified by the manufacturers? |
| 1524 | Calculate the common-emitter amplification factor β of a transistor with a common-base amplification factor α=0.99 ___ |
| 1525 | Most frequently used transistor configuration for pnp and npn ___ |
| 1526 | A transistor is said to be configured as common emitter if the emitter terminal is ___ |
| 1527 | One of the following amplifier characteristic refers to that of a common-base (C-B) as compared to common-emitter (C-E) and common-collector (C-C) amplifiers ___ |
| 1528 | Which transistor configuration has the highest input resistance? |
| 1529 | When base is common to both the input and output sides of the configuration and is usually the terminal closes to, or at ground potential, it is called what? |
| 1530 | The current gain of a transistor decreases as the operating frequency increases ___ |
| 1531 | If the current-gain-bandwidth product of transistor is 250 MHz and is operated at 100 MHz, what is the effective current gain of the transistor? |
| 1532 | The maximum voltage that can be applied across the collector-emitter terminal for a given transistor is specified as ___ |
| 1533 | ICBO of an ideal transistor ___ |
| 1534 | The most correct technical term of the reverse leakage current that flows between the collector and base junctions when the emitter is open circuited ___ |
| 1535 | A transistor with β = 100 is connected as common base, was found to have a leakage current ___ |
| 1536 | The leakage current that flows at the collector-base junction when the emitter is open ___ |
| 1537 | Collector-emitter resistance of ideal transistor at cut-off ___ |
| 1538 | When the transistor is saturated, VCE is approximately ___ |
| 1539 | Solve for the base current if collector current is 600 mA and the current gain is 20 ___ |
| 1540 | What best describes the transistor current that flows between the collector and emitter terminals when the base is open? |
| 1541 | Which indicates the degree of change, in operating-point due to temperature variation in the dc biasing? |
| 1542 | The transistor terminal that handles most current ___ |
| 1543 | In dc biasing, it means quiet, still, inactive ___ |
| 1544 | What region the transistor should be operating to have minimum distortion at the output signal? |
| 1545 | Under what region does the transistor operate if both the base-emitter and base- collector junctions are reverse-biased? |
| 1546 | If the base-emitter junction is reverse biased and the base-collector junction is forward biased, the transistor will be at what region of operation? |
| 1547 | In saturation region, the collector-base and base-emitter junctions of a transistor are ___ |
| 1548 | At cutoff region, the collector-base and base-emitter junctions of a transistor are ___ |
| 1549 | It is necessary, in order to establish the proper region of operation for ac amplification ___ |
| 1550 | In the active region, the collector-base junction is ___, while the base-emitter junction is ___ |
| 1551 | Among the three characteristics of a transistor amplifier, which region is normally employed for linear (undistorted) amplifiers? |
| 1552 | For an “on” transistor, the voltage VBE should be in the neighborhood of ___ |
| 1553 | It is applied to any system where levels have reached their maximum values ___ |
| 1554 | On a voltage-current condition curve, the point belong to which a further increase in voltage produces no (or very little) further increase in current ___ |
| 1555 | Transistors of heavy duty construction ___ |
| 1556 | At base-emitter junction, if the positive (+) lead is connected to the base and the negative (-) lead to the emitter, a high resistance reading would indicate ___ |
| 1557 | At base-emitter junction, using an ohmmeter, if the positive (+) lead is connected to the base and the negative (-) lead to the emitter, a low resistance reading would indicate ___ |
| 1558 | With an ohmmeter, a large or small resistance in either junction of an npn or pnp transistor indicates ___ |
| 1559 | The information that can be found in most specification sheets? |
| 1560 | It is referred to as the communication link between the manufacturer and user ___ |
| 1561 | The ___ id defined as that area below |
| 1562 | It is a particularly important parameter that provides a direct link between current levels of the input and output circuits for a common-emitter configuration ___ |
| 1563 | The formal name of ___ |
| 1564 | For practical transistor devices, the level of β typically ranges ___ |
| 1565 | In the dc mode, the levels of IC and IB are related by a quantity called ___ |
| 1566 | In the dc mode, the levels of IC and IE due to the majority carriers are related by the quantity ___ |
| 1567 | Is temperature sensitive, and can severely affect the stability of the system, when not carefully examined during design ___ |
| 1568 | For general-purpose transistors, IC is measured in ___ , while ICO is measured in ___ |
| 1569 | The minority-current component of a transistor is called ___ |
| 1570 | At forward-biased junction of pnp transistor, majority carriers flow heavily ___ |
| 1571 | What device, that employs only electron or hole? |
| 1572 | The term ___ reflects the fact that holes and electrons participate in the injection process into the oppositely polarized material |
| 1573 | The ratio of the doping level of the outer layers to that of the sandwiched material ___ |
| 1574 | The ratio of the total width of the outer layers to that of the center layer ___ |
| 1575 | For a transistor, the outer layers are ___ |
| 1576 | The predecessor of the junction transistor, and is characterized by a current amplification factor, alpha of greater than one ___ |
| 1577 | A two-junction transistor whose construction takes the form of a pnp or a npn ___ |
| 1578 | A transistor in which one or both electrodes are created by diffusion ___ |
| 1579 | In a semiconductor device, a p-n junction formed by alloying a suitable material such as indium with the semiconductor ___ |
| 1580 | A transistor whose junctions are created by alloying ___ |
| 1581 | A transistor in which the base is diffused and the emitter is alloyed ___ |
| 1582 | The region or area in a transistor that is heavily doped ___ |
| 1583 | Which of the three regions/areas in a transistor that is the smallest in construction? |
| 1584 | Transistor replaces the old vacuum tubes because it has several obvious advantages, what are they? |
| 1585 | An active semiconductor device, capable of amplification, oscillation, and switching action ___ |
| 1586 | A three terminal, three layer semiconductor device that has the ability to multiply charge carriers ___ |
| 1587 | The flow of electron in a NPN transistor when used in electronic circuit is from ___ |
| 1588 | An over-voltage protection circuit employing a zener diode and an SCR whose function is to produce high overload by-pass current on a circuit ___ |
| 1589 | What is a bridge rectifier having diodes in two arms and resistors in the other two? |
| 1590 | Logic circuitry in which a diode is the logic element and a transistor acts as an inverting amplifier ___ |
| 1591 | A simple voltage-regulator whose output is the constant voltage drop developed across a zener diode conducting in the reverse breakdown region ___ |
| 1592 | A light emitting diode (LED) is to be used in a circuit with a supply voltage of 5 V ___ |
| 1593 | A chopper, employing an alternately biased diodes as the switching element ___ |
| 1594 | A combination of several diodes in a single housing ___ |
| 1595 | In a diode-capacitor voltage quadrupler, what is the voltage across the third stage capacitor? |
| 1596 | An improvement of a diode-capacitor half-wave voltage doubler is the full-wave doubler, this circuit uses how many capacitors? |
| 1597 | How many capacitors are used in a diode-capacitor half- wave voltage doubler? |
| 1598 | Which of the given circuit below must have a capacitor? |
| 1599 | Half-wave rectifier is a good example of ___ |
| 1600 | A network with a diode and a capacitor that is used to shift the dc-level of the input signal ___ |
| 1601 | What do you call a clipper circuit wherein the diode is shunted with the load? |
| 1602 | A clipper circuit wherein the diode is connected in series with the load ___ |
| 1603 | Diode circuit that is used to cut a portion of the input signal ___ |
| 1604 | What is the output voltage across a load resistor if it is paralleled with a forward biased silicon diode? |
| 1605 | A silicon diode is in parallel with a germanium diode and is connected to a load resistor having a value of 20 kΩ and a forward supply voltage of 10 V ___ |
| 1606 | Two germanium diodes are connected in series and have a load resistance of 10 kΩ and a forward supply voltage of 5 V ___ |
| 1607 | What is the drop across the diode when it is connected in series to a resistor of 1.8 kΩ and a supply voltage of 50 V ___ |
| 1608 | A germanium diode is connected to a load resistance of 1.5 kΩ and is supplied with 12- V such that the diode will be forward biased ___ |
| 1609 | Quiescent or Q-point position is dependent on ___ |
| 1610 | What will happen to the magnitude of the load-line slope when the load resistance is decreased? |
| 1611 | Diode is said to be operating at a point where the characteristic curve and the load line intersect ___ |
| 1612 | The line that is plotted in the diode characteristic curve which represents the load ___ |
| 1613 | A curve showing the relationship between the voltage and the current of the diode at any given temperature ___ |
| 1614 | The impedance presented by a junction operating in its zener breakdown region ___ |
| 1615 | The appearance of RF current oscillations in a dc-biased slab of n-type gallium arsenide in a 3.3 kV electric field ___ |
| 1616 | #VALUE! |
| 1617 | Is the combination of the inductance of the leads and electrodes, capacitance of the junction, and the resistance of the junction of a semiconductor diode ___ |
| 1618 | A device containing more than one diode ___ |
| 1619 | A type of Read diode that uses a heavily doped n-type material as its drift region ___ |
| 1620 | A diode that is especially processed so that its high-current flow takes place when the junction is reverse-biased ___ |
| 1621 | A four layer semiconductor diode whose characteristic at the first quadrant is similar to that of a silicon-controlled rectifier (SCR) ___ |
| 1622 | When the p-n junction of a semiconductor diode is inserted with an intrinsic material, the diode becomes a ___ |
| 1623 | What semiconductor diode that have a fine wire (called a cat-whisker) whose point is in permanent contact with the surface of a wafer of semiconductor material such as silicon, germanium or gallium arsenide? |
| 1624 | A diode whose negative resistance is dependent on the classical effects of phase shift introduced by the time lag between maximum field and maximum avalanche current, and by the transit time through the device ___ |
| 1625 | Another name of a three-layer diode ___ |
| 1626 | One of the electronic semiconductor devices known as diac, function as ___ |
| 1627 | Diode whose negative resistance depends on a specific form of quantum-mechanical bond structure of the material ___ |
| 1628 | A rectifying metal-semiconductor junction ___ |
| 1629 | A negative resistance diode commonly used in microwave oscillators and detectors, it is sometimes used as amplifiers ___ |
| 1630 | #VALUE! |
| 1631 | Refers to a special type of diode which is capable of both amplification and oscillation ___ |
| 1632 | A semiconductor device especially fabricated to utilize the avalanche or zener breakdown region ___ |
| 1633 | A certain diode has a maximum power dissipation of 500 mW at room temperature and a linear power derating factor of 5.0 mW/°C ___ |
| 1634 | Diode parameter that will inform the user as to what factor does the power handling capability of the diode is reduced as the operating temperature is increased ___ |
| 1635 | What will happen to the power handling capability of the diode if it is to be operated at a higher temperature? |
| 1636 | What is the most important specification for semiconductor diode? |
| 1637 | The maximum power the diode can handle ___ |
| 1638 | The time taken by the diode to operate in the reverse condition from forward conduction ___ |
| 1639 | The capacitance of a varactor will ___ when the forward bias voltage is increased |
| 1640 | A diode that is especially designed to operate as a voltage-variable capacitor ___ |
| 1641 | What capacitance is significant when the diode is forward biased? |
| 1642 | In a semiconductor diode, the total capacitance, that is the capacitance between terminals and electrodes, and the internal voltage variable capacitance of the junction is called ___ |
| 1643 | When a diode is reverse biased the depletion region widens, since it is in between positively charge holes and negatively charge electrons, it will have an effect of a capacitor, this capacitance is called what? |
| 1644 | What phenomenon in electronics does an avalanche breakdown primarily dependent? |
| 1645 | The primary use of Zener diode in electronic circuits ___ |
| 1646 | At forward bias condition, what will happen to the diode resistance when the applied voltage is increased? |
| 1647 | When a diode is used in large ac voltages, the resistance that is to be considered is ___ |
| 1648 | The resistance of the diode that is significant when operating with a small ac signal ___ |
| 1649 | What do you call the resistance of the diode when operating at a steady state voltage? |
| 1650 | In every increase of 10°C in the operating temperature of a diode will cause its reverse saturation current to ___ |
| 1651 | A silicon diode has a reverse saturation current of 50 nA at room temperature ___ |
| 1652 | Calculate the new threshold voltage of a germanium diode when it operates at ___ |
| 1653 | For a silicon diode, calculate the current at room temperature if the forward voltage VF = 0.3 V and the reverse saturation current IS = 100 nA ___ |
| 1654 | Normally, diodes will not conduct when reverse-biased, but if the reverse voltage is increased further, a point will be reached where the diode gives up and allowing the current to surge ___ |
| 1655 | The small value of direct current that flows when a semiconductor device has reverse bias ___ |
| 1656 | As the operating temperature of a reverse-biased diode is increased, its leakage or reverse saturation current will ___ |
| 1657 | The forward current in a conducting diode will ___ as the operating temperature increases |
| 1658 | What will happen to the threshold voltage of the diode when it operates at higher temperatures ___ |
| 1659 | The minimum voltage required before a diode can totally conduct in a forward direction ___ |
| 1660 | #VALUE! |
| 1661 | What do you call the very small amount of current that will flow in the diode when it is reverse biased? |
| 1662 | A junction diode is said to be forward-biased if ___ |
| 1663 | Depletion region is an area in a semiconductor device where there are no charge carriers exist ___ |
| 1664 | The area in the semiconductor diode where there are no charge carriers ___ |
| 1665 | Cathode in a semiconductor junction diode is referred to the ___ |
| 1666 | The p-type material in a semiconductor junction diode is technically termed as ___ |
| 1667 | #VALUE! |
| 1668 | A device containing an anode and a cathode or a pn junction of a semiconductor as the principal elements and provides unidirectional conduction ___ |
| 1669 | An external voltage applied to a junction reduces its barrier and aid current to flow through the junction ___ |
| 1670 | The device that is formed when an n-type and p-type semiconductors are brought together ___ |
| 1671 | What is formed when n-type and p-type semiconductors are brought together? |
| 1672 | Solar cell is a semiconductor electric-junction device, which absorbs the radiant energy of sunlight and converts it directly and efficiently into electrical energy ___ |
| 1673 | In semiconductor materials, electrons have a higher value of mobility than holes, but which semiconductor material has the slowest electron-mobility? |
| 1674 | The ease with which a charge carrier (electron or hole) moves in a semiconductor material is known as mobility ___ |
| 1675 | Which of the following semiconductors has the smallest energy gap? |
| 1676 | Before an electron can participate in the conduction of electricity, it must leave from the valence band and transfer to the conduction band ___ |
| 1677 | How to have a better high-frequency response in designing semiconductor devices? |
| 1678 | In the design of high power semiconductor devices, it involves what factors? |
| 1679 | Typical range of power dissipation for a semiconductor to be considered as “low power” or “small signal” ___ |
| 1680 | For an electroluminescent of green and red lights, which semiconductor is best? |
| 1681 | A semiconducting glass is known as ___ |
| 1682 | Among the given semiconductors below, which has the highest mobility? |
| 1683 | What semiconductor that is good for high-temperature applications? |
| 1684 | Which semiconductor is mostly used to detect near infrared? |
| 1685 | When an electron at the conduction band falls back to the valence band it will recombine with the hole ___ |
| 1686 | A silicon material has an intrinsic concentration ___ |
| 1687 | The semiconductor that is used in xerography ___ |
| 1688 | What is the basis in operation of semiconductor photoconductors? |
| 1689 | At room temperature, in a perfect silicon crystal, the equilibrium concentration of thermally generated electrons in the conduction band is about ___ |
| 1690 | Is defined as the energy acquired by an electron moving through a potential of one volt ___ |
| 1691 | The restriction of certain discrete energy levels in a semiconductor material can be predicted generally by using what model? |
| 1692 | How much impurity concentration is needed for a sample of silicon to change its electrical property from a poor conductor to a good conductor? |
| 1693 | For high-speed integrated circuit, which semiconductor material given below is best to be used? |
| 1694 | What semiconductor that is mostly used in devices requiring the emission or absorption of lights? |
| 1695 | Compound semiconductors are also known as ___ |
| 1696 | Semiconductor that is very rare, it only occurs in minute quantities in many metal sulfides ___ |
| 1697 | A semiconductor that is classified as a metalloid or semimetal ___ |
| 1698 | Among the given elements, which is considered as nonmetal? |
| 1699 | The potential required to removed a valence electron ___ |
| 1700 | The electrical resistance of a semiconductor material will ___ as the temperature increases |
| 1701 | In a semiconductor material, what will happen to the number of free electrons when the temperature rises? |
| 1702 | In energy band diagram of a doped semiconductor, the donor level ___ |
| 1703 | Theoretically, where does the conduction of holes occur in a doped semiconductor? |
| 1704 | Conduction of electrons in a doped semiconductor happens at ___ |
| 1705 | Typically, how much energy is required for a valence electron to move to the conduction band for a doped semiconductor? |
| 1706 | The movement of charge carriers in a semiconductor even without the application of electric potential ___ |
| 1707 | Current flow in a semiconductor that is due to the applied electric field ___ |
| 1708 | Silicon is widely used over germanium due to its several advantages, what do you think is its most significant advantage? |
| 1709 | Semiconductor whose electron and hole concentrations are equal ___ |
| 1710 | The most extensively used semiconductor ___ |
| 1711 | The resistance of a semiconductor is known as ___ |
| 1712 | What do you call a semiconductor that is doped with both donor and acceptor impurities? |
| 1713 | Donor-doped semiconductor becomes a ___ |
| 1714 | Example of trivalent impurities ___ |
| 1715 | Commonly used as donor impurities ___ |
| 1716 | If the substance used in doping has less than four valence electrons, it is known as ___ |
| 1717 | Example of acceptor impurities ___ |
| 1718 | Impurities with five valence electrons ___ |
| 1719 | The process of adding impurities in a semiconductor material ___ |
| 1720 | A semiconductor that is free from impurities ___ |
| 1721 | Chemical bond that is significant in metals ___ |
| 1722 | Typical range of the resistivity of a semiconductor ___ |
| 1723 | The electron flow in a semiconductor material is ___ |
| 1724 | At absolute zero temperature, semiconductor acts as ___ |
| 1725 | In materials, what do you call the area that separates the valence band and the conduction band? |
| 1726 | What is the total charge at the nucleus of silicon atom? |
| 1727 | The atomic weight of a silicon atom is approximately 28 amu ___ |
| 1728 | The chemical bond that is present in a crystal lattice of silicon atoms ___ |
| 1729 | Germanium has an atomic number of 32 and an atomic weight of approximately 72 amu ___ |
| 1730 | Which of the following is an example of a compound semiconductor? |
| 1731 | Elements that has four valence electrons are classified as ___ |
| 1732 | The name of pure semiconductor material that has an equal number of electrons and holes ___ |
| 1733 | Absolutely, when can we say that the circuit is at resonance? |
| 1734 | A parallel LC network with L = 100 mH and C = 25μF will resonate at what frequency? |
| 1735 | ___ is a parallel LC circuit |
| 1736 | If an ac-series circuit is supplied with a source whose frequency is less than that of fr, the circuit becomes ___ |
| 1737 | If the line frequency of a parallel ac-circuit is less than the resonant frequency, the circuit behaves as ___ |
| 1738 | In a series ac-circuit, if the line frequency is more than the resonant frequency, the circuit behaves as ___ |
| 1739 | What will happen to a parallel ac-circuit if its line frequency is more than the resonant frequency? |
| 1740 | A parallel circuit at resonance would mean, the circuit is ___ |
| 1741 | Find the half-power bandwidth of a parallel resonant circuit, which has a resonant frequency of 3.6 MHz and a Q of 218 ___ |
| 1742 | What is the cause of a minimum Q on a single-tuned LC circuit? |
| 1743 | Characteristics of the current in a series R-L-C circuit at resonance ___ |
| 1744 | A series circuit at resonance would mean, the circuit is ___ |
| 1745 | What is the resonant frequency of a circuit when L of 25 microhenry and C of 10 picofarad are in parallel? |
| 1746 | What is the resonant frequency of a circuit when L of 3 microhenry and C of 40 picofarad are in series? |
| 1747 | If you need an LC circuit to be resonant at 2500 Hz and use a 150 mH coil, what should the capacitance value be? |
| 1748 | What is the resonant frequency of a circuit when L is 50 microhenrys and C is 40 picofarads are in parallel? |
| 1749 | The circuit admittance Y = 0.2-j0.6, the circuit is ___ |
| 1750 | If a circuit has an admittance of Y = 0.2 + j0.6, the circuit is ___ |
| 1751 | What is the power factor of a circuit if the inductive susceptance and conductance have the same value? |
| 1752 | A parallel RL circuit with R = 60Ω, and ___ |
| 1753 | What is the significance of connecting loads in parallel? |
| 1754 | What is the total impedance of a series circuit consisting of ___ |
| 1755 | A network has a true power and a reactive power of 2400 W and 3200 W respectively ___ |
| 1756 | A series RC circuit has an apparent power of 4000 W ___ |
| 1757 | The apparent power of a series RC network is given to be 4000 W ___ |
| 1758 | If the supply voltage is 200 V, what is the apparent power of the circuit? |
| 1759 | A series RL network is supplied with a 200-volt, 60-cycle source ___ |
| 1760 | What will happen when the power factor of a circuit is increased? |
| 1761 | The power factor (pf) of a series LC circuit is ___ |
| 1762 | How many electrical degrees a current will lead the voltage in a series RC load with R = 100 Ω and XC = 50 Ω? |
| 1763 | A 220-volt, 60-Hz source is driving a series RL circuit ___ |
| 1764 | Ignoring any inductive effects, what is the impedance of RC series capacitor made up of a 56 kilo ohms resistor and a 0.33 μF capacitor at a signal frequency of 450 Hz? |
| 1765 | A series circuit consists of an 80 mH inductor and a 150μF capacitor ___ |
| 1766 | The reactance of a 25 mH coil at 500 Hz is which of the following? |
| 1767 | A resistive and a capacitive load of equal magnitude is connected in series, determine the phase difference between the voltage and the current ___ |
| 1768 | If the current and voltage in an ac-circuit has a phase difference, it would mean the load is ___ |
| 1769 | In a purely inductive circuit the current ___ |
| 1770 | If the current in an ac-circuit leads the voltage by 90°, the circuit is ___ |
| 1771 | In an ac-circuit, if the voltage and current are in phase, the circuit is ___ |
| 1772 | In AC circuit, resistors will dissipate what power? |
| 1773 | The power dissipated across the resistance in an AC circuit ___ |
| 1774 | What do you mean by root-mean-squared (rms) value? |
| 1775 | Determine the effective voltage of v = 100sin120πt ___ |
| 1776 | What is the average voltage of an alternating voltage, v = 100sin120πt? |
| 1777 | When comparing rms voltages and average voltages, which of the following statement is true, assuming sine waves? |
| 1778 | At what angle does an alternating voltage of cosine-waveform reaches its negative peak? |
| 1779 | What is the frequency of an alternating current, if it reaches 90° within 4.167 ms? |
| 1780 | If an alternating voltage has a magnitude of 10 V at 30°, what is its maximum voltage? |
| 1781 | An alternating voltage of sine-wave form has a maximum voltage of 311V ___ |
| 1782 | The time taken by an alternating voltage, v = 100sin240πt to reach 50V for the first time ___ |
| 1783 | Calculate the period of an alternating current having an equation of I = 20sin120πt ___ |
| 1784 | When can an ac-voltage, v = 120sin120πt reach its first peak? |
| 1785 | An ac-voltage has an equation v = 240 sin120πt, its frequency is ___ |
| 1786 | Advantage(s) of ac over dc ___ |
| 1787 | Most ac-supplies are in the form of ___ |
| 1788 | The description of two sine waves that are in step with each other going through their maximum and minimum points at the same time and in the same direction ___ |
| 1789 | 56. Three resistors, R1 = 60 Ω, R2 = 80 Ω and R3 = 100 are connected in delta. If the network is to be transformed into star, what would be the value of the resistor opposite of R2? |
| 1790 | Theorem used in simplifying circuit analysis by considering the effect of supply voltages one at a time ___ |
| 1791 | Three 100Ω resistors are connected in a tee-form (T) network and is set up between a 100 V supply and a load resistor RL ___ |
| 1792 | Nodal analysis is best used together with ___ |
| 1793 | Mesh analysis is best used together with what circuit law? |
| 1794 | The return point in a circuit, where all voltage measurements are referred ___ |
| 1795 | A common connection between circuit elements or conductors from different branches ___ |
| 1796 | In a network, what do we call a reference point chosen such that more branches in a circuit met ___ |
| 1797 | A set of circuit elements that forms a closed path in a network over which signal can circulate ___ |
| 1798 | A chosen closed path of current flow in a network ___ |
| 1799 | RN and IN of a Norton’s equivalent circuit are known to be 100Ω and 10A, respectively ___ |
| 1800 | A certain Thevenin equivalent circuit has parameters ___ |
| 1801 | Considered as the reverse of Thevenin’s theorem ___ |
| 1802 | Theorem used to simplify complex circuits wherein, the simplified circuit contains an equivalent open circuit resistance and open circuit voltage ___ |
| 1803 | The sum of all currents entering a junction is equal to the sum of currents leaving away from that junction ___ |
| 1804 | In a mesh, the algebraic sum of all voltages and voltage drops is equal to zero ___ |
| 1805 | What theorem we should use in solving electrical circuits with several voltage sources? |
| 1806 | Loop currents should be assumed to flow in which direction? |
| 1807 | How many nodes are needed to completely analyze a circuit according to kirchhoff’s current law? |
| 1808 | The power in a circuit consisting of two equal resistors in series is known to be 10 watts ___ |
| 1809 | The power dissipated by a 10 Ω load resistor with a current rating of 5 amperes is ___ if supplied with a 20 volt dc potential |
| 1810 | An electrical device has a resistance of 10Ω and is supplied with a 5 ampere constant current source ___ |
| 1811 | Find the current that flows through the filament of a 400 watts flat iron connected to a 220 Volt power line ___ |
| 1812 | If 12 V are applied to a circuit that consumes 78 W, what is the current flow through the circuit? |
| 1813 | Calculate the voltage drop across ___ |
| 1814 | A 6A current source drives a load consisting a parallel combination of ___ |
| 1815 | 30. Two resistors, R1=100Ω and R2=200Ω are connected in parallel ___ |
| 1816 | Two resistors, R1=100Ω and R2=200Ω are connected in series, if the voltage across R2 is 20V, what is the voltage across R1? |
| 1817 | How many 1kΩ resistors to be connected in parallel are needed in order to get 100Ω? |
| 1818 | A shunt resistor is used to limit the load current to 0.5 A, if the load resistance is 100Ω and the original current is 1amp, what should be the value of the shunt resistance? |
| 1819 | Two resistors, 10Ω and 100Ω are connected in parallel, approximately, aht is the total resistance? |
| 1820 | A 50Ω resistor is connected in series with a 150C resistor and to a supply voltage of 20V ___ |
| 1821 | An electronic device draws 300 watts from its 24-volt power source ___ |
| 1822 | What utilizes electrical energy in electrical circuits? |
| 1823 | In electrical circuits, current is known as the flow of charged carriers, such as electrons ___ |
| 1824 | With the same voltage applied, which of the following allows more current? |
| 1825 | A coil of wire wound, with or without a magnetic core designed to have a higher self- inductance than a straight wire ___ |
| 1826 | Which of the following characterizes inductance? |
| 1827 | A 20 μF capacitor is charged by a 12-V battery. What is the stored energy at the capacitor? |
| 1828 | If two micro-farad capacitors are connected in series, what will be the total effective capacitance? |
| 1829 | Five picofarad is equivalent to ___ |
| 1830 | A parallel plate capacitor has the following values: k=81; d=0.025 inches; A=6 square inches ___ |
| 1831 | Which of the following describes the action of a capacitor? |
| 1832 | An electronic/electrical component/device used to store electrical energy ___ |
| 1833 | Factors that determine the capacitance of a capacitor ___ |
| 1834 | What factors determine the capacitance of a capacitor? |
| 1835 | ____ is used to store electrical energy in an electrostatic field? |
| 1836 | Insulating elements or materials has a capability of ___ |
| 1837 | If you need a 1.25 kΩ resistance and you only have resistors of 5 kΩ, how many of these available resistors you should connect in parallel to get a 1.25 kΩ value? |
| 1838 | A 33 kilo ohms resistor is connected in series with a parallel combination made up of a 56 kilo ohm resistor and a 7.8 kilo ohm resistor ___ |
| 1839 | When resistors are connected in series, what happens? |
| 1840 | Smaller resistors usually have ___ resistance value |
| 1841 | Resistors with high value usually have lower wattage ratings because of ___ |
| 1842 | Determine the value of a resistor with colors from left to right; Brown, Green, Gold, and Silver ___ |
| 1843 | What is the value of a resistor with colors from left: Orange, Blue, Gold, and Silver? |
| 1844 | The total resistance of a two similar wire conductors connected in parallel is ___ |
| 1845 | The natural magnet refers to ___ |
| 1846 | ___ is called the magnetic field |
| 1847 | The concept whereby a small voltage is generated by a conductor with current in an external magnetic field is known as ___ |
| 1848 | The effect that describes the ability of a mechanically stressed ferromagnetic wire to recognize rapid switching of magnetization when subjected to a DC magnetic field ___ |
| 1849 | The magnitude of electromotive force (emf) that is induced when a conductor cuts magnetic flux is directly proportional to its rate ___ |
| 1850 | Electromotive force (emf) is induced whenever a conductor cuts magnetic flux ___ |
| 1851 | In electromagnetism, what law that determines the amount of induced voltage? |
| 1852 | In electromagnetism, what law that determines the polarity of an induced voltage? |
| 1853 | In all cases of electromagnetic induction, the current set-up by an induced voltage tends to create flux whose direction opposes any change in the existing flux ___ |
| 1854 | Which of the given below can produce the most induced voltage? |
| 1855 | The circuit element that is used represent the energy stored in a magnetic field ___ |
| 1856 | If a magnetic flux occurs across 100 turns at a rate of 2 Wb/sec ___ |
| 1857 | When current in a conductor increases, Lenz’ law states that the self-induced potential will ___ |
| 1858 | What is meant by back EMF? |
| 1859 | The term of energy that is stored in an electromagnetic or electrostatic field ___ |
| 1860 | When a conductor is moved through a magnetic field a voltage is always induced ___ |
| 1861 | If the magnetic flux through a coil changes, the induced EMF acts in such a direction as to ___ |
| 1862 | If two coils are close enough together for their magnetic fields to interact, a change in current in one will induce a corresponding voltage in the other, This condition is known as ___ |
| 1863 | The emf induced in a coil due to the change of its flux linked with it is called ___ |
| 1864 | The physical motion resulting from the forces of magnetic fields ___ |
| 1865 | What is the law whereby the force of attraction or repulsion between poles is inversely proportional to the square of the distance between them? |
| 1866 | What law that describes the force of attraction or repulsion between two magnetic poles is directly proportional to their strengths? |
| 1867 | Is used to maintain strength of magnetic field ___ |
| 1868 | Reversing the flow of current in a circuit ___ |
| 1869 | If the electrical current carried by each of the two long parallel wire is doubled, and their separation is also doubled, the force between them ___ |
| 1870 | In what direction is the magnetic field about a conductor when current is flowing? |
| 1871 | The magnetic flux around a straight, current carrying wire, is stronger ___ |
| 1872 | Electromagnet whose core is in the form of a close magnetic ring ___ |
| 1873 | An advantage of an electromagnet over a permanent magnet ___ |
| 1874 | If a wire coil has 100 turns and carries 1.3 A of current, calculate the magnetomotive force in Gilbert ___ |
| 1875 | The amount of magnetic field needed to remove residual magnetism from a transformer core during each half cycle is called the ___ |
| 1876 | What do you call the loss of electrical energy in counter balancing the residual magnetism in each cycle? |
| 1877 | Is the quantity of magnetizing force needed to counter balance the residual magnetism of a magnetic material ___ |
| 1878 | In a magnetic circuit, a flux that drifts away from its intended path is called ___ |
| 1879 | What is residual magnetism ?When you demagnetize property by applying an AC field and then gradually reduced it to zero, it is called ___ |
| 1880 | Determine the ampere-turns when a 10 V battery is connected across a solenoid having 100 turns and a resistance of 5 Ω ___ |
| 1881 | The current needed for a coil of 200 turns to provide a 400 ampere turn magnetizing force is ___ |
| 1882 | One Ampere-turn is equivalent to ___ |
| 1883 | One Gilbert is equal to ___ |
| 1884 | The cgs unit of magnetomotive force ___ |
| 1885 | Magnetomotive force has a unit of ___ |
| 1886 | It is the specific reluctance of a material ___ |
| 1887 | The unit of reluctance ___ |
| 1888 | The Oersted (Oe) is the same as ___ |
| 1889 | It is easier to establish flux line in soft iron than it is to establish them in air, this is because iron has a lower ___ |
| 1890 | Magnetic circuit property that permits flux ___ |
| 1891 | Is the reciprocal of reluctance and implies the readiness of a material to develop magnetic flux ___ |
| 1892 | The reciprocal of reluctance ___ |
| 1893 | The property of a material which opposes the creation of magnetic flux ___ |
| 1894 | Resistance in electrical circuits is analogous to ___ in magnetic circuits |
| 1895 | Electrical current is analogous to ___ in magnetic circuits |
| 1896 | Voltage in electrical circuits is analogous to in magnetic circuits ___ |
| 1897 | What do you call the force that sets up or tends to set up magnetic flux in a magnetic circuit? |
| 1898 | The unit of flux density in mks ___ |
| 1899 | A magnetic flux of 500,000,000 lines is equivalent to ___ |
| 1900 | The equivalent of ___ |
| 1901 | One Weber is equivalent to ___ |
| 1902 | What is the unit of flux in cgs? |
| 1903 | Magnetic intensity is ___ |
| 1904 | The unit of permittivity ___ |
| 1905 | Unit of permeability ___ |
| 1906 | A force of 20 N is acting on a 10 Wb magnetic pole, calculate the intensity of the magnetic field? |
| 1907 | If the distance between two magnetic poles is halve, the force between them ___ |
| 1908 | The force between two magnetic poles is ___ permeability of the medium |
| 1909 | The typical saturation flux density for most magnetic materials ___ |
| 1910 | The capacity of a substance to become magnetized ___ |
| 1911 | What does a gaussmeter measure? |
| 1912 | Calculate the flux density in Gauss (G) having a flux of 12,000 Mx through a perpendicular area of 6cm ___ |
| 1913 | A magnetic flux of 25,000 maxwell in an area of 5 sqcm. results in flux density of ___ |
| 1914 | The unit of magnetic flux density in SI ___ |
| 1915 | Magnetic lines of force are called ___ |
| 1916 | The entire group of magnetic field lines flowing outward from the north pole of a magnet ___ |
| 1917 | The direction of field lines outside a magnet is ___ |
| 1918 | The number of lines per unit area in a plane perpendicular to the magnetic lines of force ___ |
| 1919 | What do you call the total number of magnetic lines of force in a magnetic field? |
| 1920 | The imaginary lines representing the magnetic field ___ |
| 1921 | The space outside a magnet where its poles has a force of attraction or repulsion on another magnetic pole ___ |
| 1922 | Cores of magnetic equipment use magnetic material which has ___ |
| 1923 | Nonmetallic materials that has ferromagnetic properties ___ |
| 1924 | Permeability of a material means ___ |
| 1925 | What is the relative permeability of paramagnetic substance? |
| 1926 | What do you call materials, which possess very high permeabilities? |
| 1927 | Materials with permeability slightly greater than that of free space ___ |
| 1928 | Materials with permeability slightly less than that of free space ___ |
| 1929 | What is the relative permeability of air? |
| 1930 | The ratio of material permeability to the permeability of air or vacuum ___ |
| 1931 | The permeability of free space ___ |
| 1932 | The ability to concentrate magnetic lines of force ___ |
| 1933 | Ability of a material to conduct magnetic flux through it refers to ___ |
| 1934 | Materials that can be easily magnetized in both directions ___ |
| 1935 | A substance having high retentivity is best suited in making ___ |
| 1936 | Is the property of magnetic materials, which retain magnetism after the withdrawal of magnetizing force ___ |
| 1937 | What do you call the quantity of magnetism retained by a magnetic material after the withdrawal of a magnetizing force? |
| 1938 | A force which causes a substance to become a magnet ___ |
| 1939 | The phenomenon in which a substance becomes a magnet when placed near a magnet ___ |
| 1940 | In a magnet, the straight line passing through the two poles is called ___ |
| 1941 | What do you call a pole that when place in air with a similar and equal pole will cause a force of ___ |
| 1942 | Is believed to be the pole where the magnetic lines of force are originating ___ |
| 1943 | Which of the following refers to a characteristic of a magnetic line of force? |
| 1944 | In a magnet, what do you call the point in which the magnetic lines of force is maximum? |
| 1945 | Group of magnetically aligned atoms ___ |
| 1946 | A natural magnet ___ |
| 1947 | The condition in which a substance attracts pieces of iron is known as ___ |
| 1948 | What do you call the phenomenon whereby substance attracts pieces of iron? |
| 1949 | A charged body in free space produces 10-V potential at a distance 25cn away. What will be the potential at 50cm away? |
| 1950 | A 2nC point charge will produce what potential at 2m away? |
| 1951 | Determine the magnitude of the electric field inside a sphere that encloses a net charge of 2μC ___ |
| 1952 | Calculate the electric field intensity 10cm from a charge ___ |
| 1953 | The measure of electric field strength per unit length is known as electric field intensity or simply electric intensity ___ |
| 1954 | The value of k in Coulomb’s electrostatic force equation ___ |
| 1955 | What will happen when two opposite charges get closer? |
| 1956 | Determine the force in Newton between 4μC charges separated by 0.1 meter in air ___ |
| 1957 | In 1784, who demonstrated that the force between charges is inversely related to the square of the distance between them? |
| 1958 | The force between two electrically charged body is ___ |
| 1959 | The force between the two electrically charged body is called ___ |
| 1960 | The basic law for interaction of charged bodies at rest ___ |
| 1961 | Charge body at rest is said to exhibit electric field, which interacts with other bodies ___ |
| 1962 | Most materials’ relative permittivity lies between ___ |
| 1963 | Relative permittivity is also known as ___ |
| 1964 | How does permittivity affect electric field intensity? |
| 1965 | What is the term used to express the amount of electrical energy stored in an electrostatic field? |
| 1966 | Calculate the permittivity of a material with relative permittivity of 5 ___ |
| 1967 | The relative permittivity of air ___ |
| 1968 | The absolute permittivity of air or free space ___ |
| 1969 | The ability of the material to store electrical potential energy under the influence of an electric field ___ |
| 1970 | The measure of density of the electric charge ___ |
| 1971 | An electric charge produces a total electric field of 6 Coulombs, calculate the electric flux density in an area of one square meter ___ |
| 1972 | Three charges of +5 C, -6 C, and +7 C are inside a sphere, what is the total electric flux passing through the surface of the sphere? |
| 1973 | Electric flux density is a/an ___ quantity |
| 1974 | Electric flux is a/an ___ quantity |
| 1975 | Electric field intensity is ___ |
| 1976 | Electric field intensity is measured in terms of ___ |
| 1977 | Find the dielectric constant of air ___ |
| 1978 | Electric lines of force leave and enter the charge surface at what angle? |
| 1979 | The number of lines per unit area in a plane perpendicular to the electric lines of force ___ |
| 1980 | What do you call the total number of electric lines of force in an electric field? |
| 1981 | What is true in visualizing electric field lines of force from a charge body? |
| 1982 | The imaginary lines representing the electric field ___ |
| 1983 | Refers to a force of field that exists between ions where they either repel or attract each other ___ |
| 1984 | The space outside or surrounding an electric charge where it has a force of attraction or repulsion ___ |
| 1985 | A combination of two charges, with equal charge magnitude but opposite signs ___ |
| 1986 | Three charges of +5 C, -6 C and +7 C are placed inside a sphere, what is the total charge of the sphere? |
| 1987 | Test charge has a charge of ___ |
| 1988 | Is usually used to detect the presence of electric charge ___ |
| 1989 | What is the law whereby the force of attraction and repulsion between poles is inversely proportional to the square of the distance between them? |
| 1990 | What law that describes the force of attraction or repulsion between two charges is directly proportional to their strengths and inversely proportional to the square of the distance between them? |
| 1991 | One electron volt (eV) is equivalent to ___ |
| 1992 | Electron volt (eV) is a unit of ___ |
| 1993 | Find the charge in coulombs of dielectric that has a positive charge of ___ |
| 1994 | The ability of a material to resist current flow is called ___ |
| 1995 | Why is the resistance of a conductor different for RF current than for DC? |
| 1996 | ___ is one factor that does not affect resistance |
| 1997 | Where does practically all of the RF current flow in a conductor? |
| 1998 | The temperature coefficient of resistance of a certain wire is known to be 0.004/°C at zero degrees Celsius |
| 1999 | A wire has a resistance of 5Ω at room temperature and a ___ |
| 2000 | What happens in the resistance of copper wire when its temperature is raised? |
| 2001 | The science of physical phenomena at very low temperature, approaching absolute zero is called ___ |
| 2002 | ___ the reciprocal of resistance |
| 2003 | A 100m long wire with a cross-sectional area ___ |
| 2004 | The area of a conductor whose diameter is 0.001 inch is equal to ___ |
| 2005 | The amount of resistance that a wire has with regards to the flow of electric current ___ |
| 2006 | If a conductor’s cross-sectional area is doubled and its length is halved, the value of its resistance will ___ |
| 2007 | The longer the wire the ___ is the resistance |
| 2008 | The greater the diameter of a wire, the ___ is the resistance |
| 2009 | If in a material, current can hardly pass, it means ___ |
| 2010 | The bigger the diameter of a wire, ___ |
| 2011 | One ampere is equal to how many electrons per second? |
| 2012 | When one coulomb of electric charge continuously passes a given point every second, the electric current is said to ___ |
| 2013 | The unit Ampere is equivalent to ___ |
| 2014 | The unit of current ___ |
| 2015 | The rate at which electrons pass a given point in the circuit gives the magnitude of ___ |
| 2016 | The net movement of charged particles in one direction or another ___ |
| 2017 | What is the charge magnitude, Q of a body if it lacks 5 electrons? |
| 2018 | An isolated body under normal condition is always ___ |
| 2019 | Statcoulomb is also known as ___ |
| 2020 | Coulomb is the SI unit of charge, how about in cgs? |
| 2021 | One Coulomb of charge has how many electrons? |
| 2022 | Gases with charged particles ___ |
| 2023 | The process in which atoms are changed into ions ___ |
| 2024 | Is a process by which an atom is constantly losing and then regaining electrons? |
| 2025 | What do you call a negatively charged ion? |
| 2026 | What do you call a positively charged ion? |
| 2027 | A positive ion has ___ |
| 2028 | A negative ion results when an atom ___ |
| 2029 | An atom or group of atoms that carries a net electric charge is called ___ |
| 2030 | A charged atom is also known as ___ |
| 2031 | When the charge of an atom becomes unbalanced, the atom is said to carry ___ |
| 2032 | Ideally, all atoms have the same number of positively charged protons and negatively charged electrons, and is therefore considered as ___ |
| 2033 | Given an atomic structure of a certain material, what data can you determine out from it? |
| 2034 | States that each electron in an atom must have a different set of quantum numbers ___ |
| 2035 | A solid, which has no defined crystal structure ___ |
| 2036 | A structure for solids in which the position of atoms are predetermined ___ |
| 2037 | Isotope means, the same element but with different number of ___ |
| 2038 | When all atoms of a molecule are the same, the substance is called ___ |
| 2039 | Dielectric is another name for ___ |
| 2040 | Refers to the lowest voltage across any insulator that can cause current flow ___ |
| 2041 | An electrical insulator can be made a conductor by ___ |
| 2042 | When an atom gains an additional ___, it results to a negative ion ___ |
| 2043 | Ion is ___ |
| 2044 | Copper atom has how many protons? |
| 2045 | A factor that does not affect the resistance of the material ___ |
| 2046 | What do you call the potential required to remove a valence electron? |
| 2047 | In materials, what do you call the region that separates the valence and conduction bands? |
| 2048 | The energy gap of an insulator is in the order of ___ |
| 2049 | The energy gap between the valence band and conduction band of a conductor is in the order of ___ |
| 2050 | ___ has a unit of electronvolt(eV) |
| 2051 | From the combined energy-gap diagram, which material has the smallest energy gap between valence band and the conduction band? |
| 2052 | From the combined energy-gap diagram, which material has the widest gap between valence band and the conduction band? |
| 2053 | A material that contains an abundance of free carrier is called ___ |
| 2054 | Determine which statement is true? |
| 2055 | A law of nature makes certain materials tend to form combinations that will make them stable ___ |
| 2056 | Materials that might have eight valence electrons ___ |
| 2057 | A good conductor has how many valence electrons? |
| 2058 | What elements possess four valence electrons? |
| 2059 | Which material has the least number of valence electrons? |
| 2060 | Which material has more free electrons? |
| 2061 | Electrons at the outermost shell are called ___ |
| 2062 | Electrons at the conduction band are called ___ |
| 2063 | It is composed of a series of energy levels containing the valence electrons ___ |
| 2064 | Suppose there is an atom containing eight protons and eight neutrons in the nucleus, and two neutron are added to the nucleus, the resulting atomic weight is about ___ |
| 2065 | If an element has an atomic number of 12, there are how many protons and electrons? |
| 2066 | The atomic weight of an element is determined by the number of ___ |
| 2067 | The atomic number of an element is determined by the number of ___ |
| 2068 | In an atomic structure, what particle that has no charge and therefore has no effect on its atomic charge ___ |
| 2069 | Electron is derived from the Greek name elektron which means ___ |
| 2070 | Maximum number of orbiting electrons at the first or K shell ___ |
| 2071 | The discrete amount of energy required to move an electron from a lower shell to a higher shell ___ |
| 2072 | The maximum number of electrons (Ne) that can occupy a given shell (n) is determined by the formula ___ |
| 2073 | Approximately, how many electrons that could equal to the mass of a single proton or neutron? |
| 2074 | The mass of a proton is approximately ___ |
| 2075 | What is the charge of an electron? |
| 2076 | In electricity, positive electric charge refers to ___ |
| 2077 | What particles that revolve around the positive nucleus? |
| 2078 | The nucleus of an atom is normally ___ |
| 2079 | Is at the center of an atomic structure in a Bohr model ___ |
| 2080 | A commonly used model in predicting the atomic structure of a material ___ |
| 2081 | Approximate diameter of a Hydrogen atom ___ |
| 2082 | Known as the simplest type of atom ___ |
| 2083 | The lightest kind of atom or element ___ |
| 2084 | To determine whether a material can support the flow of electricity or not, we need to examine its ___ |
| 2085 | What composes all matter whether a liquid, solid, or gas? |
| 2086 | ___ Of the following, which color of the fifth band on a resistor indicates the LEAST chance of failure? |
| 2087 | What are the allowable limits of ohmic value in a resistor color coded blue, green, yellow, gold? |
| 2088 | A carbon resistor is color-coded orange, orange, orange. What is the resistance value of this resistor? |
| 2089 | What is the total number of connections on a rheostat and (b) a potentiometer? |
| 2090 | Which of the following types of resistors will overcome the disadvantages of a carbon resistor? |
| 2091 | Carbon resistors have which of the following disadvantages? |
| 2092 | How is the ability of a resistor to dissipate heat indicated? |
| 2093 | Resistance bears which, if any, of the following relationships to conductance? |
| 2094 | Which of the following units is NOT a unit of conductance? |
| 2095 | A material whose resistance remains constant as the temperature increases has what temperature coefficient? |
| 2096 | A material whose resistance decreases as the temperature increases has what temperature coefficient? |
| 2097 | Resistance of a conductor will increase with which of the following changes to the cross-sectional area and length of the conductor? |
| 2098 | What material is MOST widely used as a conductor in electrical equipment? |
| 2099 | If low weight is the major factor, which of the following materials should be used as a conductor? |
| 2100 | What symbol is used to represent the ohm? |
| 2101 | Which of the following values is equal to 100mA? |
| 2102 | If the voltage in a circuit increases, what happens to the current? |
| 2103 | When directed drift takes place, at what speed does the effect take place? |
| 2104 | Current in an electric circuit is caused by which of the following actions? |
| 2105 | In addition to friction, magnetism, and chemical action, which of the following methods can be used to produce a voltage? |
| 2106 | What is the general term that describes a device which supplies a voltage? |
| 2107 | 250 µV is equal to which of the following terms? |
| 2108 | Which of the following terms is equal to “2.1 kV ?” |
| 2109 | Which of the following term(s) apply(ies) to the difference of potential between two bodies? |
| 2110 | A book sitting on a shelf has what kind of energy? |
| 2111 | An object that is in motion has what type of energy? |
| 2112 | What is the term applied to the ability to do work? |
| 2113 | Bar magnets should be stored in which of the following manners? |
| 2114 | A magnetic shield or screen used to protect a delicate instrument should be made of which of the following materials? |
| 2115 | Which of the following is NOT a property of magnetic lines of force? |
| 2116 | If a glass plate is placed over a magnet and iron filings are sprinkled over the glass, a pattern will be visible. What does this pattern indicate? |
| 2117 | According to the domain theory, if an atom with 26 electrons has 20 electrons spinning counterclock-wise, the atom is considered to be charged ___ |
| 2118 | Weber’s theory of magnetism assumes that magnetic material is composed of ___ |
| 2119 | The north indicating pole of a compass needle is attracted to which of the following poles of the earth? |
| 2120 | The law of magnetic poles states which of the following relationships? |
| 2121 | The ability of a material to retain magnetism is called ___ |
| 2122 | A material with low reluctance and high permeability such as iron or soft steel is used to make what type of magnet? |
| 2123 | Ferromagnetic materials have which of the following qualities? |
| 2124 | Magnetic materials have which of the following qualities? |
| 2125 | Which of the following devices use magnetism? |
| 2126 | Electrostatic lines of force are drawn in which of the following manners? |
| 2127 | What is/are the term(s) applied to the space between and around charged bodies in which their influence is felt? |
| 2128 | How do “like” and “unlike” charges react to one another? |
| 2129 | An atom that contains 6 protons and 5 electrons has what electrical charge? |
| 2130 | Which of following actions describes the easiest way to accumulate a static electric charge? |
| 2131 | A substance with an excess of electrons is considered to be in what electrical state? |
| 2132 | What is the main difference between conductors, semiconductors, and insulators? |
| 2133 | When an atom gains or loses an electron, which of the following terms applies? |
| 2134 | The number of electrons in the outermost shell of an atom determines which of the following characteristics of the atom? |
| 2135 | The electron will return to the condition it had before being acted upon by the light ___ |
| 2136 | If light energy collides with an orbiting electron, what happens to the electron? |
| 2137 | When light is represented as a tiny packet of energy, what are these packets of energy called? |
| 2138 | What subatomic particle has no charge? |
| 2139 | What subatomic particle has a positive charge and a large mass? |
| 2140 | What subatomic particle has a negative charge and a small mass? |
| 2141 | An atom is the smallest possible particle that retains the characteristic of which of the following substances? |
| 2142 | A molecule is the smallest possible particle that retains the characteristic of which of the following substances? |
| 2143 | A substance that CANNOT be reduced to a simpler substance by chemical means is called a/an ___ |
| 2144 | Matter can be found in which of the following forms? |
| 2145 | Which of the following is a universally mounted gyro? |
| 2146 | According to the right-hand rule for gyro precession, what does the thumb indicate? |
| 2147 | Which of the following factors determine(s) the direction a gyro will precess in response to a particular force? |
| 2148 | Which of the following factors determine(s) the amount of precession that will result from a given applied force? |
| 2149 | The forces that act through the center of gravity of a gyro and do NOT cause precession are referred to by what term? |
| 2150 | Of the following factors, which one does NOT affect rigidity? |
| 2151 | For a gyro to be universally mounted, it MUST have a total of how many gimbals, if any? |
| 2152 | What action takes place when an outside force attempts to tilt the spin axis of a gyro? |
| 2153 | A gyro will resist all forces that attempt to change its ___ |
| 2154 | The ability of a gyro to maintain a fixed position in space is referred to by what term? |
| 2155 | Which of the following objects has gyroscopic properties? |
| 2156 | In a servo system that uses a modulator, what characteristic of the modulator output determines the direction of load movement? |
| 2157 | What is the function of a modulator in a servo system? |
| 2158 | A dc rate generator is used in which of the following loops of a velocity servo system? |
| 2159 | Which of the following devices are magnetic error detectors? |
| 2160 | A servo system is found to be “noisy” ___ |
| 2161 | Under what condition would a servo system that is properly designed and operating correctly have an oscillating load? |
| 2162 | Error-rate damping is considered to be better than friction or friction- clutch damping because of which of the following characteristics of the error-rate damping system? |
| 2163 | When friction-clutch damping is used in a servo system, the first overshoot of the load may be characterized as ___ |
| 2164 | For a servo system to operate smoothly and efficiently, it must have balance between which of the following factors? |
| 2165 | What device is usually used to provide feedback in a velocity servo loop? |
| 2166 | A velocity servo has which of the following characteristics? |
| 2167 | A position servo system exhibits a series of overtravels ___ |
| 2168 | The sum point in a position servo system combines what two signals to produce an error signal? |
| 2169 | Which of the following is a basic difference between an open-loop control system and a closed-loop control system? |
| 2170 | Which of the following systems are control systems? |
| 2171 | Servo systems can be found in which of the following forms? |
| 2172 | A servo is normally designed to move (a) what type of load to (b) what type of positions? |
| 2173 | When a synchro tester is used in place of a synchro transmitter, which of the following precautions will help to keep the tester from being overloaded? |
| 2174 | Which of the following rotor positions should give a zero voltage reading? |
| 2175 | An ac voltmeter is connected between windings S1 and S3 of a synchro transmitter ___ |
| 2176 | A synchro system with four receivers is malfunctioning ___ |
| 2177 | What type of indicating device is usually installed in the stator circuit of a torque synchro system? |
| 2178 | Which of the following troubles is common in newly installed synchro systems? |
| 2179 | If you find that a synchro has bad bearings, which of the following actions should you take? |
| 2180 | A synchro is zeroed by the use of a synchro tester ___ |
| 2181 | The electrical-lock method of zeroing a synchro requires accessible leads and which of the following conditions? |
| 2182 | What method of zeroing a synchro is the fastest but NOT the most accurate? |
| 2183 | When a tri-speed synchro system is being zeroed, which synchro should be zeroed first? |
| 2184 | The output voltage of a control transformer on electrical zero is which of the following relative values? |
| 2185 | After a control transformer has been zeroed and clamped down, what is the final step in the zeroing procedure? |
| 2186 | When a 115-volt source is used during the alignment of a differential synchro, what is the maximum time the circuit can be energized without causing damage to the synchro? |
| 2187 | When a 115-volt synchro transmitter is set on its coarse-zero position, approximately what voltage should be read on a voltmeter? |
| 2188 | If a synchro receiver is properly zeroed, when do the stator windings have electrical zero voltages? |
| 2189 | During synchro alignment, what is the purpose of the coarse setting? |
| 2190 | What is the most accurate method of aligning a synchro? |
| 2191 | What is the reference point for the alignment of all synchro units? |
| 2192 | The voltage used to prevent false synchronizations is known by what term? |
| 2193 | Which of the following is a disadvantage of a double receiver as compared to two single receivers? |
| 2194 | Which of the following synchro systems, if any, should be used to transmit very large quantities? |
| 2195 | What does the gear ratio between the two transmitters in a dual-speed synchro system determine? |
| 2196 | Multispeed synchro systems have which of the following advantages over single- speed synchro systems? |
| 2197 | Synchro systems that transmit data at two different speeds are referred to by which of the following terms? |
| 2198 | To maintain system accuracy, where are synchro capacitors physically placed in a synchro circuit? |
| 2199 | In what configuration are synchro capacitors connected in a synchro circuit? |
| 2200 | What type of current is eliminated by synchro capacitors? |
| 2201 | Which of the following synchro devices uses a synchro capacitor? |
| 2202 | Synchro capacitors are used to provide which of the following characteristics in a synchro system? |
| 2203 | If the output of a control transformer is zero, what is the relationship of the rotors of the control transformer and the control transmitters? |
| 2204 | Which of the following terms applies to the output of a control transformer? |
| 2205 | If a control transformer is held at electrical zero and the control transmitter is turned 90 degrees counterclockwise, what is (a) the amplitude of the induced voltage in the rotor of the control transformer, and ___ |
| 2206 | Which of the following is not a characteristic of the rotor of a control transformer (CT) rotor? |
| 2207 | The CX and CDX differ from the TX and TDX because the CX and CDX have which of the following characteristics? |
| 2208 | What are the three types of control synchros? |
| 2209 | Which of the following types of synchros is used in a system requiring large amounts of power and high accuracy? |
| 2210 | If a TDR system is connected for addition and the TX rotor connected to the TDR rotor turns counterclockwise, in what direction will the TDR rotor field rotate? |
| 2211 | If a TDX system with standard synchro connections has the TX rotor at the 60- degree position and the TDX rotor at the 270-degree position, what is the position of the TR rotor? |
| 2212 | In a TDX system, for the TR rotor to follow the TX rotor exactly, in what position must the TDX rotor be kept? |
| 2213 | What determines whether a differential synchro device adds or subtracts its inputs? |
| 2214 | What types of synchro devices have (a) one electrical and one mechanical input and an electrical output; and (b) two electrical inputs and a mechanical outputs ___ |
| 2215 | What are the two types of synchro devices that will accept two inputs? |
| 2216 | What type of synchro can accept two signals simultaneously and add or subtract? |
| 2217 | What term applies to the angle through which a synchro transmitter rotor is rotated mechanically? |
| 2218 | When a s ynchro transmitter, and receiver are in correspondence, what is the relative value of the (a) current through the stators and (b) receiver torque? |
| 2219 | What is the minimum number of synchro devices needed for a simple synchro transmission system? |
| 2220 | The primary purpose of damping is to reduce which of the following conditions in a synchro device? |
| 2221 | Damping is necessary for which of the following synchro devices? |
| 2222 | Which of the following factors does NOT affect the amplitude of the voltage induced in a stator winding of a synchro transmitter? |
| 2223 | Maximum voltage is induced in a stator winding of a synchro transmitter when the rotor and the stator winding have what angle between them? |
| 2224 | A synchro receiver has which of the following characteristics that is NOT found in an ordinary transformer? |
| 2225 | An overloaded synchro will probably exhibit which of the following conditions? |
| 2226 | Which of the following units should be used in measuring the amount of turning force of a synchro? |
| 2227 | Which of the following terms is defined as the amount of load a machine can turn? |
| 2228 | What part of a synchro provides a point for external connections? |
| 2229 | How does the stator of a TX receive voltage? |
| 2230 | What type of rotor can be composed of a single winding or three Y- connected windings? |
| 2231 | What are the two major components of a synchro? |
| 2232 | What does the arrow on a synchro schematic symbol indicate? |
| 2233 | A 3.5-inch diameter differential receiver will have what Navy prestandard designation code? |
| 2234 | A 115-volt, 400-Hz torque transmitter with a diameter of 2.36 inches will have what military standard designation code? |
| 2235 | Which of the following types of synchro devices provides a mechanical output? |
| 2236 | What is the difference in application between the two classifications of synchros? |
| 2237 | What are the two general classifications of synchro systems? |
| 2238 | Which of the following terms accurately describes a synchro? |
| 2239 | A robot can determine the steepness of a slope using a(n) ___ |
| 2240 | A color vision system can use three gray-scale cameras, equipped with filters that allow which three colors of light to pass? |
| 2241 | A robot arm that moves along three independent axes, each of which is straight and perpendicular to the other two, employs ___ |
| 2242 | The region throughout which a robot arm can accomplish tasks is called its ___ |
| 2243 | The number of ways in which a robot arm can move is known as ___ |
| 2244 | Spherical coordinates can uniquely define the position of a point in up to ___ |
| 2245 | An asset of epipolar navigation is the fact that it ___ |
| 2246 | Rodney Brooks is best known for his work with ___ |
| 2247 | An absolute limit to the distance over which teleoperation is practical is imposed by ___ |
| 2248 | A telechir is used in conjunction with ___ |
| 2249 | Proximity sensing is most closely akin to ___ |
| 2250 | An android is well suited for operation in ___ |
| 2251 | A manipulator is also known as a ___ |
| 2252 | A robot that has its own computer, and can work independently of other robot or computers, is called an ___ |
| 2253 | A rule-based system is also known as ___ |
| 2254 | An automotive robot might best keep itself traveling down a specific lane of traffic by using ___ |
| 2255 | The extent to which a machine vision system can differentiate between two objects is called the ___ |
| 2256 | Second-generation robots first were used around the year ___ |
| 2257 | According to Asimov’s three laws, under what circumstances is it all right for a robot to injure a human being? |
| 2258 | An android takes the form of ___ |
| 2259 | A thermal printer might be the best type of printer for ___ |
| 2260 | For animated graphics involving fast motion, you should ideally use ___ |
| 2261 | When computer data is sent over long-distance telephone circuits, the digital highs and lows are generally represented by : |
| 2262 | Which of the following is a serial-access medium? |
| 2263 | Which of the following types of mass storage provide the fastest access time? |
| 2264 | An asset of a dot-matrix printer is ___ |
| 2265 | A telephone modem contains ___ |
| 2266 | The abbreviation FTP stands for ___ |
| 2267 | Cross-referencing among web pages is done with ___ |
| 2268 | A motherboard contains ___ |
| 2269 | A packet is ___ |
| 2270 | Protocol ensures that ___ |
| 2271 | A platter is a ___ |
| 2272 | Bits per second (bps) is a unit of ___ |
| 2273 | An example of a mass-storage device is a ___ |
| 2274 | A cluster is a unit of ___ |
| 2275 | Image resolution can be specified in terms of ___ |
| 2276 | The Web would probably work fastest for a user in New York at ___ |
| 2277 | One megabyte is the same amount of data as ___ |
| 2278 | The GPS might be useful ___ |
| 2279 | Infrared waves are ___ |
| 2280 | An advantage of cellular over conventional hard- wired telephone is ___ |
| 2281 | An advantage of conventional hard-wired telephone over cellular is ___ |
| 2282 | In a cellular network, a base station is sometimes called a ___ |
| 2283 | An electromagnetic wave can be considered to fall in the shortwave band if its free-space wavelength is ___ |
| 2284 | Which of the following constitutes illegal use of ham radio? |
| 2285 | A LAN in which each user’s computer stores its own data is called ___ |
| 2286 | The use of direction-finding equipment to determine the latitude and longitude of a radio transmitter is an example of ___ |
| 2287 | A device consisting of a receiver and transmitter in the same box is called a ___ |
| 2288 | In a spectrum analyzer, the horizontal axis shows ___ |
| 2289 | In general, as the noise level in a wireless system increases ___ |
| 2290 | The term shortwave, in reference to radio, refers to signals having wavelengths of approximately ___ |
| 2291 | As the data speed increases in a wireless system, all other factors being equal ___ |
| 2292 | Noise in a wireless receiver can be minimized by ___ |
| 2293 | In the United States, a license is required for ___ |
| 2294 | A noise blanker can improve the quality of ___ |
| 2295 | Which of the following devices or systems is not generally considered wireless? |
| 2296 | Infrared and optical wireless links work best ___ |
| 2297 | A network that employs one powerful central computer and several PCs is called ___ |
| 2298 | Phase quadrature is sometimes used to ___ |
| 2299 | Which of the following media or devices use digital-to-analog conversion? |
| 2300 | An audio mixer ___ |
| 2301 | A microphone ___ |
| 2302 | A tape recording head ___ |
| 2303 | Suppose you have an amateur radio station and its transmitter causes EMI to your hi-fi system ___ |
| 2304 | A woofer ___ |
| 2305 | Which of the following frequencies cannot be received by an AM/FM tuner? |
| 2306 | If a 10-watt amplifier is used with speakers designed for a 100-watt amplifier ___ |
| 2307 | If an amplifier introduces severe distortion in the waveforms of input signals, then that amplifier is ___ |
| 2308 | Vinyl disks are ___ |
| 2309 | In an acoustic sine wave ___ |
| 2310 | The relative phase of two acoustic waves, as they arrive at your ears, can affect ___ |
| 2311 | A sound wave that travels at 335 m per second has a frequency of ___ |
| 2312 | A sound whose wavelength is 6 in in the air has a frequency of ___ |
| 2313 | A sound volume change of _3 dB represents ___ |
| 2314 | An indoor concert hall such that sound reaches every listener’s ears perfectly at all audio frequencies requires ___ |
| 2315 | The midrange audio frequencies ___ |
| 2316 | Electromagnetic interference to a hi-fi amplifier can be caused by ___ |
| 2317 | Acoustics is important in the design of ___ |
| 2318 | A frequency synthesizer makes use of ___ |
| 2319 | The inputs of an R-S flip-flop are known as ___ |
| 2320 | In positive-edge triggering, the change of state occurs when ___ |
| 2321 | An advantage of a J-K over an R-S flip-flop is that ___ |
| 2322 | If X _ 1 and Y _ 1, then X _ YZ is ___ |
| 2323 | Data sent along a single line, one bit after another, is called ___ |
| 2324 | A logic circuit has four inputs W, X, Y, and Z. How many possible input combinations are there? |
| 2325 | If X is high and Y is low, what is the state of X NOT Y? |
| 2326 | If X and Y are both high, what is the state of X NAND Y? |
| 2327 | If X is high, what is the state of X NOR Y? |
| 2328 | If X is low, what is the state of X AND Y? |
| 2329 | Which of the following voltages might normally represent a 1 in negative logic? |
| 2330 | Which of the following voltages could normally represent a 1 in positive logic? |
| 2331 | The largest possible decimal number that can be represented by six binary digits (bits) is ___ |
| 2332 | The fifth digit from the right in a binary number carries a decimal value of ___ |
| 2333 | The binary number 110001 represents the digital number ___ |
| 2334 | The value of the decimal number 23 in binary form is ___ |
| 2335 | In a multicavity klystron, the electrons ___ |
| 2336 | A klystron is noted for its ___ |
| 2337 | The paths of the electrons in a magnetron are spirals, rather than straight lines, because of ___ |
| 2338 | In a magnetron, as the frequency is increased ___ |
| 2339 | A vidicon camera tube is noted for its ___ |
| 2340 | In a time-domain oscilloscope, the waveform to be analyzed is usually applied to the ___ |
| 2341 | The horizontal displacement on an oscilloscope CRT screen is usually measured in ___ |
| 2342 | The electron beam in an electrostatic CRT is bent by ___ |
| 2343 | The electron gun in a CRT is another name for its ___ |
| 2344 | A heptode tube has ___ |
| 2345 | An advantage of a grounded-grid power amplifier is ___ |
| 2346 | A tube type radio receiver ___ |
| 2347 | A tube with three grids is called a ___ |
| 2348 | A screen grid enhances tube operation by ___ |
| 2349 | In a tube with a cold cathode ___ |
| 2350 | In a tube with a directly heated cathode ___ |
| 2351 | Which type of tube maintains constant voltage drop with changes in current? |
| 2352 | The intensity of the electron flow in a vacuum tube depends on all of the following except ___ |
| 2353 | The control grid of a tube corresponds to the ___ |
| 2354 | One difference between a triode and an N- channel FET is that ___ |
| 2355 | A reason CDs don’t wear out with repeated playback is ___ |
| 2356 | Compact disks (CDs) are not generally used for recording ___ |
| 2357 | A typical audio recording tape thickness is ___ |
| 2358 | An advantage of magnetic disks over magnetic tape is ____ |
| 2359 | In magnetic video tape ___ |
| 2360 | In magnetic audio tape ___ |
| 2361 | A kilobyte is ___ |
| 2362 | Which of the following IC types must be physically removed from the circuit to have its memory contents changed? |
| 2363 | In a RAM ___ |
| 2364 | In a ROM ___ |
| 2365 | An absolute limit on IC component density is ___ |
| 2366 | Which of the following is not an advantage of CMOS? |
| 2367 | Which type of digital IC is least susceptible to noise? |
| 2368 | Which type of IC is used to determine whether voltage levels are the same or not? |
| 2369 | A channel carries several signals at once ___ |
| 2370 | An op amp usually employs negative feedback to ___ |
| 2371 | Which type of component is generally not practical for fabrication in an IC? |
| 2372 | In which of the following devices would you be least likely to find an integrated circuit as the main component? |
| 2373 | Which of the following is not an advantage of ICs over discrete components? |
| 2374 | Digital signal processing can be used to advantage with ___ |
| 2375 | A low IF is not practical with a single-conversion receiver because ___ |
| 2376 | Image rejection in a superhet receiver is enhanced by ___ |
| 2377 | To receive UHF signals on a shortwave receiver, you would need ___ |
| 2378 | A product detector would most often be used to receive ___ |
| 2379 | Digital modulation is superior to analog modulation in the sense that ___ |
| 2380 | A continuously variable signal is recovered from a signal having discrete states by ___ |
| 2381 | Time-division multiplex is often done with ___ |
| 2382 | An FM detector with built-in limiting is ___ |
| 2383 | An AM receiver can be used to demodulate FM by means of ___ |
| 2384 | A receiver that responds to a desired signal, but not to one very nearby in frequency, has good ___ |
| 2385 | The ability of a receiver to perform in the presence of strong signals is a consequence of its ___ |
| 2386 | The S_N/N ratio is a measure of ___ |
| 2387 | A diode and capacitor can be used to detect ___ |
| 2388 | Single-sideband can be demodulated by ___ |
| 2389 | The highest layer of the ionosphere is ___ |
| 2390 | The ionospheric layer that absorbs radio waves is ___ |
| 2391 | The reflected wave ___ |
| 2392 | The reflected wave in a radio signal ___ |
| 2393 | An advantage of fiberoptics over cable communications is ___ |
| 2394 | A coaxial cable ___ |
| 2395 | What is the wavelength of a 21.3-MHz signal? |
| 2396 | The bandwidth of a fax signal is kept narrow by ___ |
| 2397 | In an SSTV signal, the frame time is ___ |
| 2398 | How many states are commonly used for the transmission of digitized voice signals? |
| 2399 | In which PM mode do pulses last for varying times? |
| 2400 | In which mode of PM does the pulse level vary? |
| 2401 | Wideband FM is preferable to narrowband FM for music transmission because ___ |
| 2402 | The deviation for voice FM signals is usually ___ |
| 2403 | A spectrum analyzer displays ___ |
| 2404 | An SSB suppressed carrier is at 14.335 MHz ___ |
| 2405 | An advantage of SSB over AM is ___ |
| 2406 | Which of the following modulation methods is used to send teleprinter data over the phone lines? |
| 2407 | An AM transmitter using a class-C PA should employ ___ |
| 2408 | If an AM signal is modulated with audio having frequencies up to 5 kHz, then the complete signal bandwidth will be ___ |
| 2409 | The maximum AM percentage possible without distortion is ___ |
| 2410 | An advantage of FSK over simple on-off keying for RTTY is ___ |
| 2411 | Morse code is a form of ___ |
| 2412 | A radio wave has a frequency of 1.55 MHz ___ |
| 2413 | An IMPATT diode ___ |
| 2414 | Acoustic feedback in a public-address system ___ |
| 2415 | Emission of energy in an IRED is caused by ___ |
| 2416 | The power from a solar panel depends on all of the following except ___ |
| 2417 | You want a circuit to be stable with a variety of amplifier impedance conditions ___ |
| 2418 | Coherent radiation is produced by a ___ |
| 2419 | The most likely place you would find an LED would be ___ |
| 2420 | A Gunnplexer can be used as a ___ |
| 2421 | Which of these diode types might be found in the oscillator circuit of a microwave radio transmitter? |
| 2422 | The capacitance of a varactor varies with ___ |
| 2423 | A diode audio limiter circuit ___ |
| 2424 | The forward breakover voltage of a silicon diode is ___ |
| 2425 | Zener voltage is also known as ___ |
| 2426 | A time-domain display might be found in ___ |
| 2427 | The two input frequencies of a mixer circuit are 3.522 MHz and 3.977 MHz ___ |
| 2428 | If the output wave in a circuit has the same shape as the input wave, then ___ |
| 2429 | A diode detector ___ |
| 2430 | A crystal set ___ |
| 2431 | If ac is applied to a diode, and the peak ac voltage never exceeds the avalanche voltage, then the output is ___ |
| 2432 | When a diode is forward-biased, the anode ___ |
| 2433 | An unimportant factor concerning the frequency at which a P-N junction will work effectively is ___ |
| 2434 | Avalanche voltage is routinely exceeded when a P-N junction acts as a ___ |
| 2435 | If the reverse bias exceeds the avalanche voltage in a P-N junction ___ |
| 2436 | When a P-N junction is reverse-biased, the capacitance depends on all of the following except ___ |
| 2437 | If an electron has a charge of _1 unit, a hole has ___ |
| 2438 | Holes flow the opposite way from electrons because ___ |
| 2439 | When a P-N junction does not conduct, it is ___ |
| 2440 | Holes flow from ___ |
| 2441 | In a P-type material, electrons are ___ |
| 2442 | Which of the following does not result from adding an acceptor impurity? |
| 2443 | A semiconductor material is made into N type by ___ |
| 2444 | The purpose of doping is to ___ |
| 2445 | A CMOS integrated circuit ___ |
| 2446 | Of the following, which material allows the lowest forward voltage drop in a diode? |
| 2447 | Selenium works especially well in ___ |
| 2448 | A disadvantage of gallium-arsenide devices is that ___ |
| 2449 | GaAs is a(n) ___ |
| 2450 | The most common semiconductor among the following substances is ___ |
| 2451 | Which of the following is not an advantage of semiconductor devices over vacuum tubes? |
| 2452 | The term “semiconductor” arises from ___ |
| 2453 | If there is reactance at the output of an impedance transformer ___ |
| 2454 | A quarter-wave matching section has a characteristic impedance of 75.0 Ω |
| 2455 | A resistive input impedance of 50 Ω must be matched to a resistive output impedance of 450 Ω ___ |
| 2456 | A transformer has a primary-to-secondary turns ratio of 2.00:1 ___ |
| 2457 | An autotransformer ___ |
| 2458 | In a transformer, a center tap would probably be found in ___ |
| 2459 | In a household circuit, the 234-V power has ___ |
| 2460 | High voltage is used in long-distance power transmission because ___ |
| 2461 | An advantage of a toroid core over a solenoid core is ___ |
| 2462 | The shell method of transformer winding ___ |
| 2463 | A transformer has 117 V rms across its primary and 234 V rms across its secondary ___ |
| 2464 | Eddy currents cause ___ |
| 2465 | Which of the following is false, concerning air cores versus ferromagnetic cores? |
| 2466 | A transformer has a secondary-to-primary turns ratio of 0.167 ___ |
| 2467 | A step-up transformer has a primary-to-secondary turns ratio of 1:5.00 ___ |
| 2468 | A transformer steps a voltage down from 117 V to 6.00 V ___ |
| 2469 | The capacitance between the primary and the secondary windings of a transformer can be minimized by ___ |
| 2470 | In a step-up transformer ___ |
| 2471 | How long is a 1/2-wave dipole for 3.60 MHz? |
| 2472 | The fourth harmonic of 800 kHz is ___ |
| 2473 | A 1/4-wave line section is made for 21.1 MHz, using cable with a velocity factor of 0.800 ___ |
| 2474 | A parallel-resonant circuit is to be made for 21.3 MHz ___ |
| 2475 | A series-resonant circuit is to be made for 14.1 MHz ___ |
| 2476 | A coil and capacitor are in parallel, with L _ 10.0 μH and C _ 10 pF ___ |
| 2477 | A coil and capacitor are in series ___ |
| 2478 | A problem that standing waves can cause is ___ |
| 2479 | Which of the following does not increase the loss in a transmission line? |
| 2480 | Which of the following is the most important consideration in a transmission line? |
| 2481 | A wattmeter shows 57 watts of VA power in a circuit ___ |
| 2482 | A wattmeter shows 220 watts of VA power in a circuit ___ |
| 2483 | Phase angle is equal to ___ |
| 2484 | A series circuit has R _ 53.5 Ω and X _ 75.5 Ω ___ |
| 2485 | A series circuit has Z _ 88.4 Ω, with R _ 50.0 Ω ___ |
| 2486 | A circuit has a resistance of 300 W and an inductance of 13.5 μH in series at 10.0 MHz ___ |
| 2487 | Power factor is equal to ___ |
| 2488 | The apparent power in a circuit is 100 watts, and the imaginary power is 40 watts ___ |
| 2489 | Which of the following is not an example of true power? |
| 2490 | The power in a reactance is ___ |
| 2491 | What is the current through the resistance in the above example? |
| 2492 | A parallel circuit has 10 ohms of resistance and 15 Ω of reactance ___ |
| 2493 | What is the voltage across the reactance in the above example ___ |
| 2494 | A series circuit has 99.0 Ω of resistance and 88.0 Ω of inductive reactance ___ |
| 2495 | A resistor of 51.0 Ω, an inductor of 22.0 μH and a capacitor of 150 pF are in parallel ___ |
| 2496 | A resistor of 100 Ω, a coil of 4.50 μH, and a capacitor of 220 pF are in parallel ___ |
| 2497 | A resistor of 0.0044 siemens, a capacitor whose susceptance is 0.035 siemens, and a coil whose susceptance is _0.011 siemens are all connected in parallel ___ |
| 2498 | A vector pointing “southeast” in the GB plane would indicate the following ___ |
| 2499 | A coil of 3.50 μH and a capacitor of 47.0 pF are in parallel ___ |
| 2500 | A coil, resistor, and capacitor are in parallel ___ |
| 2501 | What is the admittance vector, assuming that nothing is in series or parallel with these components? |
| 2502 | What will happen to the susceptance of a capacitor if the frequency is doubled, all other things being equal ___ |
| 2503 | A coil has a reactance of 4.00 Ω ___ |
| 2504 | A coil has an inductance of 3.00 μH and a resistance of 10.0 Ω in its winding ___ |
| 2505 | A resistor of 330 Ω, a coil of 1.00 μH and a capacitor of 200 pF are in series ___ |
| 2506 | A resistor of 150 Ω, a coil with reactance 100 Ω and a capacitor with reactance -200 Ω are connected in series ___ |
| 2507 | When R _ 0 in a series RLC circuit, but the net reactance is not zero, the impedance vector ___ |
| 2508 | A coil of 25.0 μH and capacitor of 100 pF are connected in series ___ |
| 2509 | A coil and capacitor are connected in series ___ |
| 2510 | In general, the greater the absolute value of the impedance in a circuit ___ |
| 2511 | Capacitive susceptance is ___ |
| 2512 | Inductive susceptance is measured in ___ |
| 2513 | Absolute-value impedance is equal to the square root of ___ |
| 2514 | Susceptance and conductance add to form ___ |
| 2515 | An inductor has a value of 44 mH at 60 Hz ___ |
| 2516 | A capacitor has a value of 0.050 μF at 665 kHz ___ |
| 2517 | If a device is said to have an impedance of Z _ 100 Ω, this would most often mean that ___ |
| 2518 | If the center conductor of a coaxial cable is made to have smaller diameter, all other things being equal, what will happen to the Zo of the transmission line? |
| 2519 | What is the absolute-value impedance of 50 _ j 235? |
| 2520 | What is the absolute-value impedance of 3.0 _ j 6.0? |
| 2521 | The impedance vector 0 _ j22 represents ___ |
| 2522 | The impedance vector 5 _ j0 represents ___ |
| 2523 | What is (_ 5 _ j 7) _ (4 _ j 5)? |
| 2524 | What is the sum of 3 _ j 7 and _3 _ j 7? |
| 2525 | A complex number ___ |
| 2526 | The square of an imaginary number ___ |
| 2527 | An RC circuit has a capitance of 0.015 μF ___ |
| 2528 | An RC circuit consists of a 150-pF capacitor and a 330 Ω resisitor in series ___ |
| 2529 | If the ratio of *XC* / *R* is 1, the phase angle is ___ |
| 2530 | In a purely resistive circuit, the phase angle is ___ |
| 2531 | In an RC circuit, as the ratio of capacitive reactance to resistance, _ *XC* / *R* , gets closer to zero, the phase angle ___ |
| 2532 | Each impedance R _ jXC ___ |
| 2533 | If the resistance R increases in an RC circuit, but the capacitance and the frequency are nonzero and constant, then the vector in the RC plane will ___ |
| 2534 | If R increases in an RC circuit, but XC is always zero, then the vector in the RC plane will ___ |
| 2535 | Each point in the RC plane ___ |
| 2536 | A capacitor has C _ 4700 μF and XC 33 Ω ___ |
| 2537 | A capacitor has *C* _ 166 pF at *f* _ 400 kHz ___ |
| 2538 | A capacitor has *XC* 8800 Ω at *f* _ 830 kHz ___ |
| 2539 | A capacitor has a value of 47 μF ___ |
| 2540 | A capacitor has a reactance of _4.50 Ω at 377 Hz ___ |
| 2541 | A capacitor has a value of 330 pF ___ |
| 2542 | XC for a capacitor ___ |
| 2543 | As the size of the plates in a capacitor increases, all other things being equal ___ |
| 2544 | An RL circuit has an inductance of 88 mH ___ |
| 2545 | An RL circuit consists of a 100-μH inductor and a 100-Ω resistor ___ |
| 2546 | If the inductive reactance is the same as the resistance in an RL circuit, the phase angle is ___ |
| 2547 | In a purely reactive circuit, the phase angle is ___ |
| 2548 | In an RL circuit, as the ratio of inductive reactance to resistance, *XL* / *R* decreases, the phase angle ___ |
| 2549 | A vector is a quantity that has ___ |
| 2550 | Each impedance R _ jXL ___ |
| 2551 | If the resistance R and the inductive reactance XL both vary from zero to ___ |
| 2552 | Each point in the RL plane ___ |
| 2553 | An inductor has L _ 88 mH with XL _ 100 Ω ___ |
| 2554 | A coil has L _ 689 μH at f _ 990 kHz ___ |
| 2555 | An inductor has XL _ 555 Ω at f _ 132 kHz ___ |
| 2556 | A coil has an inductance of 400 μH ___ |
| 2557 | A coil shows an inductive reactance of 200 Ω at 500 Hz ___ |
| 2558 | A coil has an inductance of 100 mH ___ |
| 2559 | As the frequency of an ac wave gets lower, the value of *XL* for a particular coil ___ |
| 2560 | As the number of turns in a coil increases, the reactance ___ |
| 2561 | As the number of turns in a coil increases, the current in the coil will eventually ___ |
| 2562 | If wave X leads wave Y by 45 degrees of phase, then ___ |
| 2563 | A phase difference of 540 degrees would more often be spoken of as ___ |
| 2564 | Shifting the phase of an ac sine wave by 90 degrees is the same thing as ___ |
| 2565 | Two waves are in phase coincidence ___ |
| 2566 | If a wave has a frequency of 440 Hz, how long does it take for 10 degrees of phase? |
| 2567 | A wave has a frequency of 300 kHz ___ |
| 2568 | You can add or subtract a certain number of degrees of phase to or from a sine wave, and end up with an inverted (upside-down) representation of the original ___ |
| 2569 | You can add or subtract a certain number of degrees of phase to or from a wave, and end up with exactly the same wave again ___ |
| 2570 | A phase difference of 180 degrees in the circular model represents ___ |
| 2571 | The derivative of a sine wave ___ |
| 2572 | A sine wave ___ |
| 2573 | Which of the following is not a general characteristic of an ac wave? |
| 2574 | A capacitor, rated at 330 pF, shows an actual value of 317 pF ___ |
| 2575 | A capacitor is rated at 33 pF, plus or minus 10 percent ___ |
| 2576 | If a capacitor has a negative temperature coefficient ___ |
| 2577 | Which of the following types of capacitors is polarized? |
| 2578 | An air-variable capacitor might have a range of ___ |
| 2579 | A paper capacitor might have a value of ___ |
| 2580 | A disk ceramic capacitor might have a value of: |
| 2581 | Which of the following is not a characteristic of mica capacitors? |
| 2582 | Air works well as a dielectric mainly because it ___ |
| 2583 | Three capacitors are in parallel ___ |
| 2584 | Two capacitors are in parallel ___ |
| 2585 | Two capacitors are in series ___ |
| 2586 | If the same five capacitors are connected in series, the total capacitance will be ___ |
| 2587 | Five 0.050-μF capacitors are connected in parallel ___ |
| 2588 | A capacitance of 0.033 μF is the same as ___ |
| 2589 | A capacitance of 100 pF is the same as ___ |
| 2590 | A material with a high dielectric constant ___ |
| 2591 | As capacitor plate area increases, all other things being equal ___ |
| 2592 | Capacitance acts to store electrical energy as ___ |
| 2593 | A transmission-line inductor made from coaxial cable, having velocity factor of 0.66, and working at 450 MHz, would be shorter than ___ |
| 2594 | At a frequency of 95 MHz, the best form for an inductor would be ___ |
| 2595 | At a frequency of 400 Hz, the most likely form for an inductor would be ___ |
| 2596 | As an inductor core material, air ___ |
| 2597 | A major feature of a pot-core winding is ___ |
| 2598 | A significant advantage, in some situations, of a toroidal coil over a solenoid is ___ |
| 2599 | With permeability tuning, moving the core further into a solenoidal coil ___ |
| 2600 | If the fields in the previous situation oppose, the net inductance will be ___ |
| 2601 | Two inductors, having values of 44 mH and 88 mH, are connected in series with a coefficient of coupling equal to 1.0 (maximum possible mutual inductance) ___ |
| 2602 | If the coil fields oppose in the foregoing series- connected arrangement, the net inductance is ___ |
| 2603 | Two inductors, each of 100 μH, are in series ___ |
| 2604 | Suppose the three inductors mentioned above are connected in parallel without mutual inductance ___ |
| 2605 | Three inductors are connected in series without mutual inductance ___ |
| 2606 | If the same two inductors (33 mH and 55 mH) are connected in parallel without mutual inductance, the combination will have a value of ___ |
| 2607 | Two inductors are connected in series, without mutual inductance ___ |
| 2608 | Inductors in series, assuming there is no mutual inductance, combine ___ |
| 2609 | A ferromagnetic core is placed in an inductor mainly to ___ |
| 2610 | In a small inductance ___ |
| 2611 | Which of the following does not affect the inductance of a coil? |
| 2612 | An inductor works by ___ |
| 2613 | An advantage of ac over dc in utility applications is ___ |
| 2614 | Which one of the following does not affect the power output available from a particular ac generator? |
| 2615 | In a perfect sine wave, the pk-pk value is ___ |
| 2616 | In a 117-V utility circuit, the pk-pk voltage is ___ |
| 2617 | In a 117-V utility circuit, the peak voltage is ___ |
| 2618 | If two waves have the same frequency and the same phase, the composite wave ___ |
| 2619 | If two waves have the same frequency and the same amplitude, but opposite phase, the composite wave is ___ |
| 2620 | Three-phase ac ___ |
| 2621 | A triangular wave ___ |
| 2622 | Two waves have the same frequency but differ in phase by 1/20 cycle ___ |
| 2623 | A degree of phase represents ___ |
| 2624 | The sixth harmonic of an ac wave whose period is 0.001 second has a frequency of ___ |
| 2625 | The period of an ac wave is ___ |
| 2626 | On a spectrum analyzer, a pure ac signal, having just one frequency component,would look like ___ |
| 2627 | A cycle of an ac wave is the ___ |
| 2628 | Which of the following can vary with ac, but not with dc? |
| 2629 | A bubble memory is best suited for ___ |
| 2630 | An advantage of a magnetic disk, as compared with magnetic tape, for data storage and retrieval is that ___ |
| 2631 | A high tape-recorder motor speed is generally used for ___ |
| 2632 | A device that reverses magnetic field polarity to keep a dc motor rotating is ___ |
| 2633 | A relay is connected into a circuit so that a device gets a signal only when the relay coil carries current ___ |
| 2634 | A substance with high retentivity is best suited for making ___ |
| 2635 | An advantage of an electromagnet over a permanent magnet is that ___ |
| 2636 | An ac electromagnet ___ |
| 2637 | Which of the following is not generally possible in a geomagnetic storm? |
| 2638 | If a wire coil has 100 turns and carries 1.30 A of current, what is the magnetomotive force in gilberts? |
| 2639 | If a wire coil has 10 turns and carries 500 mA of current, what is the magnetomotive force in ampere-turns? |
| 2640 | A unit of overall magnetic field quantity is the ___ |
| 2641 | The gauss is a unit of ___ |
| 2642 | The magnetic flux around a straight, current- carrying wire ___ |
| 2643 | Lines of magnetic flux are said to originate ___ |
| 2644 | Magnetic flux can always be attributed to ___ |
| 2645 | The force between a magnet and a piece of ferromagnetic metal that has not been magnetized ___ |
| 2646 | A material that can be permanently magnetized is generally said to be ___ |
| 2647 | Geomagnetic lines of flux ___ |
| 2648 | The geomagnetic field ___ |
| 2649 | One reason why it is impractical to make an extrememly high-voltage battery of cells is that ___ |
| 2650 | An interactive solar power system ___ |
| 2651 | The current from a solar panel is increased by ___ |
| 2652 | Which kind of battery should never be used until it “dies”? |
| 2653 | A disadvantage of mercury cells and batteries is that ___ |
| 2654 | Where might you find a NICAD battery? |
| 2655 | A cell or battery that keeps up a constant current-delivering capability almost until it dies is said to have ___ |
| 2656 | Where would you most likely find a lead-acid battery? |
| 2657 | In which of the following places would you most likely choose a lithium battery? |
| 2658 | In which of the following places would a transistor battery be the best power-source choice? |
| 2659 | In which of the following places would a “lantern” battery most likely be found? |
| 2660 | The energy in a cell or battery depends mainly on ___ |
| 2661 | Alkaline cells ___ |
| 2662 | A 12-V auto battery is rated at 36 Ah ___ |
| 2663 | A cell of 1.5 V supplies 100 mA for seven hours and twenty minutes, and then it is replaced ___ |
| 2664 | A direct short-circuit of a battery can cause ___ |
| 2665 | The voltage in a battery is ___ |
| 2666 | A Weston cell is generally used ___ |
| 2667 | A cell that cannot be recharged is ___ |
| 2668 | The chemical energy in a battery or cell ___ |
| 2669 | The actual resistance of the above unit can be expected to vary by how much above or below the specified value? |
| 2670 | Red, red, red, gold indicates a resistance of ___ |
| 2671 | Suppose a 1-KΩ resistor will dissipate 1.05 W, and you have many 1-W resistors of all common values ___ |
| 2672 | A resistor has a value of 680 Ω, and you expect it will have to draw 1 mA maximum continuous current ___ |
| 2673 | A package of resistors is rated at 56 Ω, plus or minus 10 percent ___ |
| 2674 | Suppose a resistor is rated at 3.3 KΩ, plus or minus 5 percent ___ |
| 2675 | A resistor is specified as having a value of 68 Ω, but is measured with an ohmmeter as 63 Ω ___ |
| 2676 | An advantage of a rheostat over a potentiometer is that ___ |
| 2677 | The sound from a transistor radio is at a level of 50 dB ___ |
| 2678 | If the original sound power is 1 W, what is the final sound power? |
| 2679 | If a sound triples in actual power level, approximately what is the decibel increase? |
| 2680 | A volume control in a stereo compact-disc player would probably be ___ |
| 2681 | A metal-film resistor ___ |
| 2682 | The best place to use a wirewound resistor is ___ |
| 2683 | Carbon-composition resistors ___ |
| 2684 | Bleeder resistors ___ |
| 2685 | A transistor can be protected from needless overheating by ___ |
| 2686 | Biasing in an amplifier circuit ___ |
| 2687 | The maximum voltage output from a voltage divider ___ |
| 2688 | In a voltage divider network, the total resistance ___ |
| 2689 | Good engineering practice usually requires that a series-parallel resistive network be made ___ |
| 2690 | You have an unlimited supply of 1-W, 1000-_ resistors, and you need to get a 3000-Ω, 5-W resistance ___ |
| 2691 | You have an unlimited supply of 1-W, 1000-_ resistors, and you need a 500-_ resistance rated at 7 W or more ___ |
| 2692 | Four resistors are connected in series, each with a value of 4.0 K ___ |
| 2693 | The current through the potentiometer is 17 mA and its value is 1.22K ___ |
| 2694 | The voltage is 250 V and the current is 8.0 mA ___ |
| 2695 | A wiring diagram would most likely be found in ___ |
| 2696 | Suppose you double the voltage in a simple dc circuit, and cut the resistance in half ___ |
| 2697 | An oscilloscope cannot be used to indicate ___ |
| 2698 | The meter movement in an illumination meter measures ___ |
| 2699 | A VU meter is never used for measurement of ___ |
| 2700 | A typical frequency counter ___ |
| 2701 | A utility meter’s readout indicates ___ |
| 2702 | A utility meter’s motor speed works directly from ___ |
| 2703 | Which of the following will not cause a major error in an ohmmeter reading? |
| 2704 | To measure power-supply voltage being used by a circuit, a voltmeter ___ |
| 2705 | Voltmeters should generally have ___ |
| 2706 | An ammeter shunt is useful because ___ |
| 2707 | One advantage of an electromagnet meter over a permanent-magnet meter is that ___ |
| 2708 | A thermocouple ___ |
| 2709 | One important advantage of an electrostatic meter is that ___ |
| 2710 | Suppose a certain current in a galvanometer causes the needle to deflect 20 degrees, and then this current is doubled ___ |
| 2711 | The change in the direction of a compass needle, when a current-carrying wire is brought near, is ___ |
| 2712 | The force between two electrically charged objects is called ___ |
| 2713 | A coil has 500 turns and carries 75 mA of current ___ |
| 2714 | A ferromagnetic material ___ |
| 2715 | Which of the following units can represent magnetic flux density? |
| 2716 | Which of these can represent magnetomotive force? |
| 2717 | A low voltage, such as 12 V ___ |
| 2718 | In the output of a full-wave rectifier ___ |
| 2719 | In the output of a half-wave rectifier ___ |
| 2720 | Half-wave rectification means that ___ |
| 2721 | The frequency of common household ac in the U.S. is ___ |
| 2722 | Of the following energy units, the one most often used to define electrical energy is ___ |
| 2723 | You are told that a certain air conditioner is rated at 500 Btu ___ |
| 2724 | A circuit breaker is rated for 15 A at 117 V ___ |
| 2725 | A 2-kW generator will deliver approximately how much current, reliably, at 117 V? |
| 2726 | A mile of wire has a conductance of 0.6 siemens ___ |
| 2727 | A resistor has a value of 300 ohms ___ |
| 2728 | A piece of wire has a conductance of 20 siemens ___ |
| 2729 | A current of 25 A is most likely drawn by ___ |
| 2730 | A potentially lethal electric current is on the order of ___ |
| 2731 | An EMF of one volt ___ |
| 2732 | A positive electric pole ___ |
| 2733 | Light is converted into electricity ___ |
| 2734 | A changing magnetic field ___ |
| 2735 | In some batteries, chemical energy can be replenished by ___ |
| 2736 | A backwards-working electric motor is best described as ___ |
| 2737 | If an EMF of one volt is placed across a resistance of two ohms, then the current is ___ |
| 2738 | The volt is the standard unit of ___ |
| 2739 | A stroke of lightning ___ |
| 2740 | A coulomb ___ |
| 2741 | If a material has low resistance ___ |
| 2742 | Movement of holes in a semiconductor ___ |
| 2743 | Of the following substances, the best conductor is ___ |
| 2744 | Of the following substances, the worst conductor is ___ |
| 2745 | An electrical insulator can be made a conductor ___ |
| 2746 | In a compound ___ |
| 2747 | A molecule ___ |
| 2748 | An isotope ___ |
| 2749 | An ion ___ |
| 2750 | Suppose there is an atom of oxygen, containing eight protons and eight neutrons in the nucleus, and two neutrons are added to the nucleus ___ |
| 2751 | The atomic weight of an element is approximately determined by ___ |
| 2752 | The atomic number of an element is determined by ___ |
| 2753 | A trunk cable run a loss of -20 dBmV ____ |
| 2754 | Which of the following statement is NOT true? |
| 2755 | For in-band descramblers, the decoding pulses are sent on the ___ |
| 2756 | Frequency synthesis is used for ___ |
| 2757 | A typical value for the IF signal, in megahertz, for up-down cable converter ___ |
| 2758 | The upstream signal in two-way cable systems has the frequency of ___ |
| 2759 | Which of the following statement is TRUE? |
| 2760 | The most popular plug for RG-590 coaxial cable is the ___ |
| 2761 | A tap for the subcarrier drop line has a ___ |
| 2762 | How many dBmV units correspond to a 1-mV signal level? |
| 2763 | The VSWR for a line terminated in its Zo is |
| 2764 | The cable converter output for the TV receiver is usually on channel ___ |
| 2765 | Coaxial cable for distribution systems has an impedance of ___ |
| 2766 | Which of the following is a midband cable TV channel? |
| 2767 | A crystal-ringer circuit is used for the ___ |
| 2768 | Which of the following stages has bias from the ACC and color killer circuits? |
| 2769 | Which of the following stages must be on during horizontal flyback time? |
| 2770 | Which control varies the phase angle of the demodulated color video signal ___ |
| 2771 | The best frequency between the 3.8 MHz color subcarrier and the 4.5 MHz sound signal is ___ |
| 2772 | Drifting color bars in the picture indicate trouble in the ___ |
| 2773 | The output of the color oscillator feeds the ___ |
| 2774 | The output of the burst separator feeds the ___ |
| 2775 | Which signal needs a 0.6-us time delay? |
| 2776 | The balance for Y video signals to the three guns in the picture tube is set by the ___ |
| 2777 | The color oscillator does not operate ___ |
| 2778 | The color level control is in the ___ |
| 2779 | The contrast control is in the ___ |
| 2780 | Which of the following is NOT tuned to 3.8 MHz? |
| 2781 | Which of the following applies for a monochrome picture? |
| 2782 | The maximum deviation of the FM sound signal, in kilohertz, is ___ |
| 2783 | The difference between the sound carrier and color subcarrier frequencies is ___ |
| 2784 | In channel 14 (470 to 76 MHz), the 3.58 MHz color signal is transmitted at ___ |
| 2785 | Line-of-sight transmission is a characteristic of propagation for the ___ |
| 2786 | The difference between the sound carrier frequencies in two adjacent channels is ___ |
| 2787 | In all standard television broadcast channels, the difference between the picture and sound carrier frequencies is ___ |
| 2788 | With a 0.5 MHz video signal modulating the picture carrier ___ |
| 2789 | With a 2 MHz video signal modulating the picture carrier signal for channel 4 (66 to 72 MHz) which of the following frequencies are transmitted? |
| 2790 | Which of the following statements is true? |
| 2791 | The modulated picture carrier wave includes the composite video signal as the ___ |
| 2792 | In the CED system, the disk capacitance varies with the ___ |
| 2793 | Which system uses a laser light beam for playback? |
| 2794 | Tilting the viseo head gaps is necessary with the ___ |
| 2795 | To make the tape speed the name in playback as in recording, the tape speed is regulated by the ___ |
| 2796 | The part that rotates to meter out the tape at constant speed is the ___ |
| 2797 | Servocontrol of speed and phase is used for the ___ |
| 2798 | Switching for each field is required for the ___ |
| 2799 | A comb filter is used to ___ |
| 2800 | What oscillator frequency is needed to heterodyne 329 kHz up to 3.58 MHz? |
| 2801 | Which of the following applies to the color-under technique? |
| 2802 | A typical frequency for the FM luminance signal inVCR recording is ___ |
| 2803 | The video heads rotate at high velocity to increase the ___ |
| 2804 | How many TV fields are recorded on one slant track of tape? |
| 2805 | Which system can be used for both recording and playback? |
| 2806 | How many octaves is the frequency range 1 to 8MHz? |
| 2807 | If the 3.58-MHz C amplifier in the receiver does not operate, the result will be ___ |
| 2808 | The second IF value for color in receivers, for any station, is ___ |
| 2809 | The average voltage value of the 3.58 MHz modulated chrominance signal is ___ |
| 2810 | What is the hue of a color 90 º leading sync burst phase? |
| 2811 | The color with the most luminance is ___ |
| 2812 | Which of the following is false statement? |
| 2813 | Which signal has color information for 1.3 MHz bandwidth? |
| 2814 | The hue of color sync phase is ___ |
| 2815 | The interfering beat frequency of 920 kHz is between the 3.58 MHz color subcarrier and the ___ |
| 2816 | Greater p-p amplitude of the 3.58MHz chrominance signal indicates more ___ |
| 2817 | The hue 180 º out of phase with red is ___ |
| 2818 | Brightness variations of the picture information are in which signal? |
| 2819 | Picture tube has games which is ___ |
| 2820 | The gamma effects the ___ of the picture tube |
| 2821 | In what condition does the picture tube reproduce black? |
| 2822 | The average dc level is close to the blanking level for a ___ scene? |
| 2823 | Give the maximum number of picture details for total picture area ___ |
| 2824 | Give the maximum number of picture details for each horizontal line ___ |
| 2825 | Which pulses in V blacking correspond to the 31,500 Hz? |
| 2826 | Which pulses in V blanking correspond to the 21H lines wide? |
| 2827 | Which pulses in V blacking correspond to the 3H lines wide? |
| 2828 | What are the approximate time periods for the width of H sync pulse? |
| 2829 | What are the approximate time periods for the visible H trace? |
| 2830 | What are the approximate time periods for the width of H blanking pulse in microseconds? |
| 2831 | In the IRE scale for composite video signal, list the number of IRE units used for sync, black setup, and the camera signal? |
| 2832 | In video signal analysis, what are the three parts of the composite video signal, for two horizontal lines in the picture? |
| 2833 | What are the frequencies of H scanning, H sync and H blanking? |
| 2834 | What are the frequencies of V scanning, V sync, and V blanking? |
| 2835 | How many H lines are there in each V retrace? |
| 2836 | How many H lines are there in each field? |
| 2837 | How many H lines are there in a complete frame? |
| 2838 | How many horizontal lines are in the odd or an even field? |
| 2839 | What does an interlaced scanning require for the number of the horizontal lines? |
| 2840 | Which of the following takes more time? |
| 2841 | Which of the following is faster in horizontal scanning? |
| 2842 | Which of the following frequencies is wrong? |
| 2843 | Sawtooth generator circuits produce the scanning raster, but the sync pulses are needed for ___ |
| 2844 | The width of a vertical sync pulse with its narrations includes the time of ___ |
| 2845 | Which of the following is NOT true? |
| 2846 | If the horizontal flyback is 10 percent, this time equals ___ |
| 2847 | In the frame for which interlaced scanning is used, alternate lines are skipped during vertical scanning because ___ |
| 2848 | The number of lines scanned per frame in the raster on the picture tube screen is ___ |
| 2849 | One-half line spacing between the start position for scanning even and odd fields produces ___ |
| 2850 | Given a 635 us vertical retrace time, the number of complete horizontal lines scanned during vertical flyback is ___ |
| 2851 | In the sawtooth waveform for linear scanning ___ |
| 2852 | The G2 master screen control of picture tubes vary the ___ |
| 2853 | Background controls of many picture tubes are for the ___ |
| 2854 | The R, G, and B video drive controls are set for ___ in the picture |
| 2855 | The R, G, and B screen grid adjustments are set for ___ in the picture |
| 2856 | For the picture tube, the brightness control varies the ___ bias signal drive |
| 2857 | Typical ac signal drive for a 19-in, picture tube ___ |
| 2858 | The typical dc grid bias for a 19-in, picture tube ___ |
| 2859 | The abbreviation TW is for ___ pincushion correction |
| 2860 | Pincushion magnets are used for ___ picture tubes |
| 2861 | Where the permanent magnets used? |
| 2862 | Static convergence is done for the ___ of the screen |
| 2863 | What does the color fringing on the edge of the picture shows? |
| 2864 | Where do the small, white dots in the picture used for? |
| 2865 | In color picture tube, what does a solid red raster checked for? |
| 2866 | When the receiver is first turned on, what current does the ADG circuit have? |
| 2867 | In color picture tube, degaussing is done with ___ |
| 2868 | In color picture tube, degaussing should be done ___ color purity adjustments |
| 2869 | Neck shadow result when the deflection yoke is ___ |
| 2870 | The coils above and below the electron beam of the picture tube are for ___ |
| 2871 | Small magnets embedded in the yoke housing is correct for ___ |
| 2872 | In which method in a G3 voltage of 200 V. used for? |
| 2873 | The crossover point for focusing is formed by the ___ lens |
| 2874 | Most of the electrons in the beam flow out of which terminal? |
| 2875 | Which is the most position element in the electron gun? |
| 2876 | Which of the following is the most negative (or least positive) electrode is the electron gun? |
| 2877 | What is the color of P1 screen phosphor? |
| 2878 | What are the phosphor numbers, respectively, for monochrome and color picture tubes? |
| 2879 | When the TV set was turned on, full power was applied to the heater and the picture appeared within a fraction of a second ___ |
| 2880 | Typically, the anode capacitance for a 25-in tube is ___ |
| 2881 | What is the typical anode voltage for a 25-in color picture tube? |
| 2882 | What is the usual heater voltage for picture tube? |
| 2883 | To what deflection angle does a maximum deflection angle of 45 deg either side center correspond? |
| 2884 | What is the diagonal screen size for the 19CP4 picture tube? |
| 2885 | To how many lax units is the illuminator of 3 fs, approximately equal? |
| 2886 | In gamma correction the ___ is stretched by the picture tube |
| 2887 | ___ is more important for the gamma correction for the camera tube |
| 2888 | What is the gamma required for the camera tube? |
| 2889 | Which of the following produces the signal variations for G4 of the vidicon ___ |
| 2890 | Which of the following is TRUE? |
| 2891 | Which of the following is FALSE? |
| 2892 | A lens has an 8-cm focal and 4-cm diameter ___ |
| 2893 | A typically value of vidicon dark current is ___ |
| 2894 | If the camera cannot be placed far away enough to include everything in the scene, change the lens to one with a ___ |
| 2895 | The gamma of the picture tube is ___ |
| 2896 | Special effects and production switching are done by the ___ |
| 2897 | Beam alignment magnets for the camera tube are adjusted while rocking which control? |
| 2898 | Precise scanning size and linearity are most important in ___ |
| 2899 | The part of the visible spectrum where camera pickup tubes have the greatest output is ___ |
| 2900 | Which of the following camera tubes has minimum lag? |
| 2901 | A low-contrast picture in which white seems flat and lacking in detail suggest ___ |
| 2902 | Camera signal output without sync is called ___ |
| 2903 | Which of the following camera tube uses lead oxide (PbO) for the photoconductive target plate? |
| 2904 | In a buck regulator, the output voltage is filtered with a ___ |
| 2905 | The dropout voltage of standard monolithic linear regulators is closest to ___ |
| 2906 | If the load is shorted, the pass transistor has the least power dissipation when the regulator has ___ |
| 2907 | The zener follower is an example of a ___ |
| 2908 | A switching regulator is considered ___ |
| 2909 | The efficiency of a voltage regulator is high when ___ |
| 2910 | The regulator with the highest efficiency is the ___ |
| 2911 | In a boost regulator, the output voltage is filtered with a ___ |
| 2912 | The buck-boost regulator is also ___ |
| 2913 | The input current to a shunt regulator is ___ |
| 2914 | A zener-diode regulator is a ___ |
| 2915 | A power supply with low output impedance has low ___ |
| 2916 | An increase of line voltage into a power supply usually produces ___ |
| 2917 | To get more output voltage from a buck switching regulator, you have to ___ |
| 2918 | A series regulator is an example of a ___ |
| 2919 | A phase splitter produces two output voltages that are ___ |
| 2920 | To turn on a current booster, we can drive its base- emitter terminals with the voltage across ___ |
| 2921 | A current booster is a transistor in ___ |
| 2922 | If a linear three-terminal IC regulator is more than a few inches from the filter capacitor, you may get oscillations inside the IC unless you use ___ |
| 2923 | Thermal shutdown occurs in an IC regulator if ___ |
| 2924 | Compared to the ripple into a voltage regulator, the ripple out of a voltage regulator is ___ |
| 2925 | The output impedance of a voltage regulator is ___ |
| 2926 | A capacitor may be needed in a discrete voltage regulator to prevent ___ |
| 2927 | With foldback current limiting, the load voltage approaches zero, and the load current approaches ___ |
| 2928 | Simple current limiting produces too much heat in the ___ |
| 2929 | A current-sensing resistor is usually ___ |
| 2930 | Without current limiting, a shorted load will probably ___ |
| 2931 | During regulation, the power dissipation of the pass transistor equals the collector-emitter voltage times the ___ |
| 2932 | Voltage regulators normally use ___ |
| 2933 | The bandwidth of the low-pass filter in a PLL determines the ___ |
| 2934 | When a PLL is locked on the input frequency, the VCO frequency ___ |
| 2935 | The quantity that remains constant in a pulse-position modulator is ___ |
| 2936 | The quantity that remains constant in a pulse-width modulator is ___ |
| 2937 | The output waveform of a 555 timer is ___ |
| 2938 | The pulse width out of a one-shot multivibrator increases when the ___ |
| 2939 | An astable 555 timer has the following number of stable states ___ |
| 2940 | A monostable 555 timer has the following number of stable states ___ |
| 2941 | The kind of oscillator found in an electronic wristwatch is the ___ |
| 2942 | The series and parallel resonant frequencies of a crystal are ___ |
| 2943 | Crystals have a very ___ |
| 2944 | The material with the piezoelectric effect is ___ |
| 2945 | Of the following, the one with the most stable frequency is the ___ |
| 2946 | To vary the frequency of an LC oscillator, you can vary ___ |
| 2947 | The Hartley oscillator uses ___ |
| 2948 | Link coupling refers to ___ |
| 2949 | When Q decreases in a Colpitts oscillator, the frequency of oscillation ___ |
| 2950 | Heavy feedback in an LC oscillator ___ |
| 2951 | The most widely used LC oscillator is the ___ |
| 2952 | For oscillations to start in a circuit, the loop gain must be greater than 1 when the phase shift around the loop is ___ |
| 2953 | The phase-shift oscillator usually has ___ |
| 2954 | To vary the frequency of a Wien bridge, you can vary ___ |
| 2955 | A Wien bridge is sometimes called a ___ |
| 2956 | Initially, the loop gain of a Wien-bridge oscillator is ___ |
| 2957 | A Wien-bridge oscillator uses ___ |
| 2958 | A lead circuit has a phase angle that is ___ |
| 2959 | A coupling circuit is a ___ |
| 2960 | A lag circuit has a phase angle that is ___ |
| 2961 | The Wien-bridge oscillator is useful ___ |
| 2962 | The voltage that starts an oscillator is caused by ___ |
| 2963 | An oscillator always needs an amplifier with ___ |
| 2964 | A window comparator ___ |
| 2965 | The positive clamper adds ___ |
| 2966 | The output of an active positive clamper is ___ |
| 2967 | If the reference voltage is zero, the output of an active positive limiter is ___ |
| 2968 | In an active peak detector, the discharging time constant is ___ |
| 2969 | An active half-wave rectifier has a knee voltage of ___ |
| 2970 | In an op-amp integrator, the current through the input resistor flows into the ___ |
| 2971 | The trip point of a comparator is the input voltage that causes ___ |
| 2972 | The op-amp integrator uses ___ |
| 2973 | A ramp of voltage ___ |
| 2974 | A relaxation oscillator depends on the charging of a capacitor through a ___ |
| 2975 | A Schmitt trigger ___ |
| 2976 | A Schmitt trigger uses ___ |
| 2977 | To work properly, many IC comparators need an external ___ |
| 2978 | A comparator with a trip point of zero is sometimes called a ___ |
| 2979 | If the reference level is 2 V, the output is ___ |
| 2980 | If AOL = 200,000, the closed-loop knee voltage of a silicon diode is ___ |
| 2981 | The output of a relaxation oscillator is a ___ |
| 2982 | If pulse width decreases and the period stays the same, the duty cycle ___ |
| 2983 | When a large sine wave drives a Schmitt trigger, the output is a ___ |
| 2984 | If the input is a rectangular pulse, the output of an integrator is a ___ |
| 2985 | Hysteresis prevents false triggering associated with ___ |
| 2986 | The voltage out of a Schmitt trigger is ___ |
| 2987 | To detect when the input is greater than a particular value, use a ___ |
| 2988 | In a nonlinear op-amp circuit, the ___ |
| 2989 | To correct for limited GBW, a designer may use ___ |
| 2990 | If GBW is limited, the Q of the stage will ___ |
| 2991 | The state-variable filter ___ |
| 2992 | The biquadratic filter ___ |
| 2993 | The all-pass filter is sometimes called a ___ |
| 2994 | A second-order all-pass filter can vary the output phase from ___ |
| 2995 | The all-pass filter is used when ___ |
| 2996 | When Q is greater than 1, a bandpass filter should be built with ___ |
| 2997 | If BW increases, the ___ |
| 2998 | With Sallen-Key high-pass filters, the pole frequency must be ___ |
| 2999 | The Q of a Sallen-Key second-order stage depends on the ___ |
| 3000 | To get a Chebyshev response with a 12th-order filter, the stages need to have ___ |
| 3001 | To get a Butterworth response with an 8th-order filter, the stages need to have ___ |
| 3002 | To build a 10th-order filter, we should cascade ___ |
| 3003 | Sallen-Key filters are also called ___ |
| 3004 | A first-order stage cannot have a ___ |
| 3005 | A first-order active-filter stage has ___ |
| 3006 | The filter with the slowest rolloff rate is the ___ |
| 3007 | Linear phase shift is equivalent to ___ |
| 3008 | The elliptic approximation has a ___ |
| 3009 | If n = 10, the approximation with the fastest rolloff in the transition region is ___ |
| 3010 | If a Butterworth filter has 9 second-order stages, its rolloff rate is ___ |
| 3011 | If a filter has six second-order stages and one first-order stage, the order is ___ |
| 3012 | The approximation that distorts digital signals the least is the ___ |
| 3013 | The approximation with a rippled passband is ___ |
| 3014 | The approximation with a maximally-flat passband is ___ |
| 3015 | The all-pass filter has ___ |
| 3016 | A bandstop filter is sometimes called a ___ |
| 3017 | The Q of a narrowband filter is always ___ |
| 3018 | The center frequency of a bandpass filter is always equal to ___ |
| 3019 | The region between the passband and the stopband is called the ___ |
| 3020 | If an op amp has only a positive supply voltage, its output cannot ___ |
| 3021 | When a JFET is used in an AGC circuit, it acts like a ___ |
| 3022 | An op amp with a rail-to-rail output ___ |
| 3023 | A D/A converter with four inputs has ___ |
| 3024 | When we trim a resistor, we are ___ |
| 3025 | A thermistor converts ___ |
| 3026 | An input transducer converts ___ |
| 3027 | The purpose of AGC is to ___ |
| 3028 | The Howland current source produces a ___ |
| 3029 | In a voltage-controlled current source, ___ |
| 3030 | A D/A converter is an application of the ___ |
| 3031 | In an averaging circuit, the input resistances are ___ |
| 3032 | Guard driving reduces the ___ |
| 3033 | In the classic three op-amp instrumentation amplifier, the differential voltage gain is usually produced by the ___ |
| 3034 | The input signal for an instrumentation amplifier usually comes from ___ |
| 3035 | In a differential amplifier, the CMRR is limited mostly by ___ |
| 3036 | Given a voltage reference of +2.5 V, we can get a voltage reference of +15 V by using a ___ |
| 3037 | A current booster on the output of an op amp will increase the short-circuit current by ___ |
| 3038 | An instrumentation amplifier has a high ___ |
| 3039 | In a controlled current source with op amps, the circuit acts like a ___ |
| 3040 | To use an op amp, you need at least ___ |
| 3041 | In an ac amplifier using an op amp with coupling and bypass capacitors, the output offset voltage is ___ |
| 3042 | In a linear op-amp circuit, the ___ |
| 3043 | The closed-loop input impedance in a VCVS amplifier is ___ |
| 3044 | An ICIS amplifier is saturated ___ |
| 3045 | A VCVS amplifier has no output voltage ___ |
| 3046 | An ICVS amplifier is saturated ___ |
| 3047 | Negative feedback does not improve ___ |
| 3048 | For a given op amp, which of these is constant? |
| 3049 | The input impedance of a current-to-voltage converter is ___ |
| 3050 | In a current-to-voltage converter, the input current flows ___ |
| 3051 | Current cannot flow to ground through ___ |
| 3052 | The transresistance of an amplifier is the ratio of its ___ |
| 3053 | The voltage between the input terminals of a real op amp is ___ |
| 3054 | A voltage follower has a voltage gain of ___ |
| 3055 | Negative feedback reduces the ___ |
| 3056 | With an ICVS amplifier, the circuit approximates an ideal ___ |
| 3057 | The closed-loop input impedance with an ICVS amplifier is ___ |
| 3058 | The loop gain AOLB ___ |
| 3059 | The open-loop voltage gain equals the ___ |
| 3060 | In a VCVS amplifier, any decrease in open-loop voltage gain produces an increase in ___ |
| 3061 | An ICVS amplifier has no output voltage ___ |
| 3062 | The feedback fraction B ___ |
| 3063 | When an op amp is not saturated, the voltages at the noninverting and inverting inputs are ___ |
| 3064 | The voltage between the input terminals of an ideal op amp is ___ |
| 3065 | A VCVS amplifier approximates an ideal ___ |
| 3066 | How many types of negative feedback are there? |
| 3067 | With negative feedback, the returning signal ___ |
| 3068 | The voltage follower has a ___ |
| 3069 | The noninverting amplifier has a ___ |
| 3070 | The closed-loop voltage gain of an inverting amplifier equals ___ |
| 3071 | A 741C has ___ |
| 3072 | When slew-rate distortion of a sine wave occurs, the output ___ |
| 3073 | The voltage gain of an op amp is unity at the ___ |
| 3074 | Above the cutoff frequency, the voltage gain of a 741C decreases approximately ___ |
| 3075 | A 741C has supply voltages of plus and minus 15 V. If the load resistance is large, the MPP value is ___ |
| 3076 | An op amp has an open base resistor ___ |
| 3077 | If the frequency is greater than the power bandwidth, ___ |
| 3078 | The initial slope of a sine wave increases when ___ |
| 3079 | The unity-gain frequency equals the product of closed- loop voltage gain and the ___ |
| 3080 | The 741C has a unity-gain frequency of ___ |
| 3081 | The open-loop cutoff frequency of a 741C is controlled by ___ |
| 3082 | If the two supply voltages are plus and minus 15 V, the MPP value of an op amp is closest to ___ |
| 3083 | An LF157A is a ___ |
| 3084 | The input impedance of a BIFET op amp is ___ |
| 3085 | A 741C cannot work without ___ |
| 3086 | A 741C uses ___ |
| 3087 | The power bandwidth increases when ___ |
| 3088 | When the initial slope of a sine wave is greater than the slew rate, ___ |
| 3089 | The initial slope of a sine wave is directly proportional to ___ |
| 3090 | If the cutoff frequency is 15 Hz and the midband open- loop voltage gain is 1,000,000, the unity-gain frequency is ___ |
| 3091 | The cutoff frequency of an op amp equals the unity-gain frequency divided by ___ |
| 3092 | At the unity-gain frequency, the open-loop voltage gain is ___ |
| 3093 | A compensating capacitor prevents ___ |
| 3094 | What usually controls the open-loop cutoff frequency of an op amp? |
| 3095 | With both bases grounded, the only offset that produces an error is the ___ |
| 3096 | The input offset current is usually ___ |
| 3097 | The typical input stage of an op amp has a ___ |
| 3098 | The common-mode rejection ratio is ___ |
| 3099 | When the two bases are grounded in a diff amp, the voltage across each emitter diode is ___ |
| 3100 | The common-mode voltage gain of a diff amp is equal to RC divided by ___ |
| 3101 | The tail of a diff amp acts like a ___ |
| 3102 | The input stage of an op amp is usually a ___ |
| 3103 | The common-mode voltage gain is ___ |
| 3104 | A common-mode signal is applied to ___ |
| 3105 | One source of output error voltage is ___ |
| 3106 | When the two input terminals of a diff amp are grounded, ___ |
| 3107 | A dc signal has a frequency of ___ |
| 3108 | The input impedance of a diff amp equals re’ times ___ |
| 3109 | The voltage gain of a diff amp with a differential output is equal to RC divided by ___ |
| 3110 | The tail current equals the ___ |
| 3111 | The input offset current equals the ___ |
| 3112 | The node voltage at the top of the tail resistor is closest to ___ |
| 3113 | The tail current of a diff amp is ___ |
| 3114 | Components are soldered together in ___ |
| 3115 | The op amp can amplify ___ |
| 3116 | The voltage gain of an amplifier decreases 20 dB per decade above 20 kHz ___ |
| 3117 | If you want to improve the high-frequency response of an amplifier, which of these would you try? |
| 3118 | At the lower or upper cutoff frequency, the voltage gain is ___ |
| 3119 | The stray-wiring capacitance has an effect on the ___ |
| 3120 | At low frequencies, the coupling capacitors produce a decrease in ___ |
| 3121 | Frequency response is a graph of voltage gain versus ___ |
| 3122 | A latch is based on ___ |
| 3123 | A four-layer diode is sometimes called a ___ |
| 3124 | Exceeding the critical rate of rise produces ___ |
| 3125 | Any thyristor can be turned off with ___ |
| 3126 | The trigger voltage of an SCR is closest to ___ |
| 3127 | A Shockley diode is the same as a ___ |
| 3128 | Any thyristor can be turned on with ___ |
| 3129 | The unijunction transistor acts as a ___ |
| 3130 | The triac is equivalent to ___ |
| 3131 | The diac is a ___ |
| 3132 | The photo-SCR responds to ___ |
| 3133 | When a crowbar is used with a power supply, the supply needs to have a fuse or ___ |
| 3134 | An RC snubber protects an SCR against ___ |
| 3135 | The usual way to protect a load from excessive supply voltage is with a ___ |
| 3136 | SCRs are ___ |
| 3137 | A SCR is usually turned on by ___ |
| 3138 | A silicon controlled rectifier has ___ |
| 3139 | The minimum anode current that keeps a thyristor turned on is called the ___ |
| 3140 | The only way to stop a four-layer diode that is conducting is by ___ |
| 3141 | The minimum input current that can turn on a thyristor is called the ___ |
| 3142 | To turn on a four-layer diode, you need ___ |
| 3143 | A latch always uses ___ |
| 3144 | Positive feedback means the returning signal ___ |
| 3145 | A thyristor can be used as ___ |
| 3146 | The RDS(on) of a power FET |
| 3147 | The high output of a CMOS inverter is ___ |
| 3148 | With CMOS, the upper MOSFET is ___ |
| 3149 | An n-channel E-MOSFET conducts when it has ___ |
| 3150 | Most power FETS are ___ |
| 3151 | Most small-signal E-MOSFETs are found in ___ |
| 3152 | When the internal temperature increases in a power FET, the ___ |
| 3153 | Power FETs are ___ |
| 3154 | The main advantage of CMOS is its ___ |
| 3155 | CMOS devices use ___ |
| 3156 | With active-load switching, the upper E-MOSFET is a ___ |
| 3157 | VGS(on) is always ___ |
| 3158 | CMOS stands for ___ |
| 3159 | An E-MOSFET that operates at cutoff or in the ohmic region is an example of ___ |
| 3160 | An E-MOSFET with its gate connected to its drain is an example of ___ |
| 3161 | An ordinary resistor is an example of ___ |
| 3162 | The VGS(on) of an n-channel E-MOSFET is |
| 3163 | Which of these may appear on the data sheet of an enhancement-mode MOSFET? |
| 3164 | The voltage that turns on an EMOS device is the ___ |
| 3165 | Which of the following devices revolutionized the computer industry? |
| 3166 | Transconductance indicates how effectively the input voltage controls the |
| 3167 | Transconductance is measured in ___ |
| 3168 | To get a negative gate-source voltage in a self-biased JFET circuit, you must have a ___ |
| 3169 | Self-bias produces ___ |
| 3170 | The easiest way to bias a JFET in the ohmic region is with ___ |
| 3171 | If a JFET has IDSS = 10 mA and VP = 2 V, then RDS equals |
| 3172 | When the gate voltage becomes more negative in an n- channel JFET, the channel between the depletion layers ___ |
| 3173 | When a JFET is cut off, the depletion layers are ___ |
| 3174 | VHF stands for frequencies from ___ |
| 3175 | A cascode amplifier has the advantage of ___ |
| 3176 | The input signal used with a JFET analog switch should be ___ |
| 3177 | When the input signal is large, a source follower has ___ |
| 3178 | The transconductance increases when the drain current approaches ___ |
| 3179 | The transconductance curve is ___ |
| 3180 | RDS equals pinchoff voltage divided by the ___ |
| 3181 | When the drain saturation current is less than IDSS, a JFET acts like a ___ |
| 3182 | The pinchoff voltage has the same magnitude as the ___ |
| 3183 | Compared to a bipolar transistor, the JFET has a much higher ___ |
| 3184 | The gate-source diode of a JFET should be ___ |
| 3185 | The gate controls ___ |
| 3186 | The input impedance of a JFET ___ |
| 3187 | A unipolar transistor uses ___ |
| 3188 | A JFET ___ |
| 3189 | The ac emitter resistance of an emitter follower ___ |
| 3190 | For a class B push-pull emitter follower to work properly, the emitter diodes must ___ |
| 3191 | The zener current in a zener follower is ___ |
| 3192 | A small quiescent current is necessary with a class B push-pull amplifier to avoid ___ |
| 3193 | The ac resistance of compensating diodes ___ |
| 3194 | Thermal runaway is ___ |
| 3195 | The transistors of a class B push-pull emitter follower are biased at or near ___ |
| 3196 | If a CE stage is direct coupled to an emitter follower, how many coupling capacitors are there between the two stages? |
| 3197 | The distortion in an emitter follower is ___ |
| 3198 | Usually, the distortion in an emitter follower is ___ |
| 3199 | If R1 is open in an emitter follower, which of these is true? |
| 3200 | If the generator voltage is 5 mV in an emitter follower, the output voltage across the load is closest to ___ |
| 3201 | The ac load line of the emitter follower is ___ |
| 3202 | A Darlington transistor has ___ |
| 3203 | A square wave out of an emitter follower implies ___ |
| 3204 | If the load resistance of an emitter follower is very large, the external ac emitter resistance equals ___ |
| 3205 | If the Q point is at the middle of the dc load line, clipping will first occur on the ___ |
| 3206 | If the input voltage to an emitter follower is too large, the output voltage will be ___ |
| 3207 | The ac load line of an emitter follower is usually ___ |
| 3208 | The output voltage of an emitter follower is approximately ___ |
| 3209 | The ac emitter current is closest to ___ |
| 3210 | The input voltage to an emitter follower is usually ___ |
| 3211 | The output voltage of an emitter follower is across the ___ |
| 3212 | The ac base voltage of an emitter follower is across the ___ |
| 3213 | The dc emitter current for class A emitter followers is ___ |
| 3214 | The input impedance of the base of an emitter follower is usually ___ |
| 3215 | The total ac emitter resistance of an emitter follower equals ___ |
| 3216 | An emitter follower has a voltage gain that is ___ |
| 3217 | If the load power is 3 mW and the dc power is 150 mW, the efficiency is ___ |
| 3218 | When the ambient temperature increases, the maximum transistor power rating ___ |
| 3219 | Heat sinks reduce the ___ |
| 3220 | The power gain of an amplifier ___ |
| 3221 | The current drain of an amplifier is the ___ |
| 3222 | The instantaneous operating point swings-along the ___ |
| 3223 | With class A, the output signal should be ___ |
| 3224 | In a class A amplifier, the collector current flows for ___ |
| 3225 | For a Q point near the center of the dc load line, clipping is more likely to occur on the ___ |
| 3226 | The ac load line usually ___ |
| 3227 | The quiescent collector current is the same as the ___ |
| 3228 | The ac load line is the same as the dc load line when the ac collector resistance equals the ___ |
| 3229 | The power rating of a transistor can be increased by ___ |
| 3230 | The transistor dissipation in a class C amplifier decreases when the ___ |
| 3231 | The bandwidth of a class C amplifier decreases when the ___ |
| 3232 | The collector current of a class C amplifier ___ |
| 3233 | The input signal of a class C amplifier ___ |
| 3234 | Class C amplifiers are almost always ___ |
| 3235 | One advantage of a class B push-pull amplifier is ___ |
| 3236 | Push-pull is almost always used with ___ |
| 3237 | When the Q point is at the center of the ac load line, the maximum peak-to-peak output voltage equals ___ |
| 3238 | An amplifier has two load lines because ___ |
| 3239 | For maximum peak-to-peak output voltage, the Q point should be ___ |
| 3240 | The first stage of a preamp is ___ |
| 3241 | A tuned RF amplifier is ___ |
| 3242 | An audio amplifier operates in the frequency range of ___ |
| 3243 | Transformer coupling is an example of ___ |
| 3244 | For class B operation, the collector current flows ___ |
| 3245 | If the emitter bypass capacitor is shorted, the ac input voltage will ___ |
| 3246 | If the collector resistor is open, the ac input voltage will ___ |
| 3247 | If the emitter resistor is open, the ac input voltage will ___ |
| 3248 | If the output coupling capacitor is open, the ac input voltage will ___ |
| 3249 | If the bypass capacitor is open, the ac input voltage will ___ |
| 3250 | If the input coupling capacitor is open, the ac input voltage will ___ |
| 3251 | If any capacitor is open, the ac output voltage will ___ |
| 3252 | If the load resistance is open, the ac output voltage will ___ |
| 3253 | If the collector resistor is shorted, the ac output voltage will ___ |
| 3254 | If the emitter bypass capacitor opens, the ac output voltage will ___ |
| 3255 | The ac collector resistance of the first stage includes the ___ |
| 3256 | The feedback resistor ___ |
| 3257 | In a swamped amplifier, the effects of the emitter diode become ___ |
| 3258 | A swamped amplifier uses ___ |
| 3259 | The emitter of a swamped amplifier ___ |
| 3260 | To reduce the distortion of an amplified signal, you can increase the ___ |
| 3261 | Compared to a CE stage, a swamped amplifier has an input impedance that is ___ |
| 3262 | Voltage gain is directly proportional to ___ |
| 3263 | The input impedance of the base increases when ___ |
| 3264 | The voltage gain equals the output voltage divided by the ___ |
| 3265 | The output voltage of a CE stage is usually ___ |
| 3266 | The emitter is at ac ground in a ___ |
| 3267 | The ac collector current equals the ac base current times the ___ |
| 3268 | The ac emitter current times the ac emitter resistance equals the ___ |
| 3269 | The ac collector current is approximately equal to the ___ |
| 3270 | The voltage across the load resistor of a CE amplifier is ___ |
| 3271 | The emitter of a CE amplifier has no ac voltage because of the ___ |
| 3272 | The output voltage of a CE amplifier is ___ |
| 3273 | A graph of ac emitter current versus ac base-emitter voltage applies to the ___ |
| 3274 | To reduce the distortion in a CE amplifier, reduce the ___ |
| 3275 | Ac emitter resistance equals 25 mV divided by the ___ |
| 3276 | In a CE amplifier with a large input signal, the positive half cycle of the ac emitter current is ___ |
| 3277 | When the ac base voltage is too large, the ac emitter current is ___ |
| 3278 | The ac equivalent circuit is derived from the original circuit by shorting all ___ |
| 3279 | Reducing all dc sources to zero is one of the steps in getting the ___ |
| 3280 | The capacitors of a CE amplifier appear ___ |
| 3281 | The capacitor that produces an ac ground is called a ___ |
| 3282 | In a bypass circuit, the top of a capacitor is ___ |
| 3283 | A coupling capacitor is ___ |
| 3284 | The current in a coupling circuit for high frequencies is ___ |
| 3285 | For dc, the current in a coupling circuit is ___ |
| 3286 | With pnp voltage-divider bias, you must use ___ |
| 3287 | The currents of a pnp transistor are ___ |
| 3288 | Which is the largest current in a pnp transistor? |
| 3289 | The current gain of a pnp transistor is ___ |
| 3290 | The majority carriers in the emitter of a pnp transistor are ___ |
| 3291 | The Q point of TSEB does not depend on the ___ |
| 3292 | In TSEB, the base current must be very ___ |
| 3293 | If the emitter resistor opens with TSEB, the collector voltage will ___ |
| 3294 | If the emitter resistance increases with TSEB, the collector voltage will ___ |
| 3295 | If a splash of solder shorts the collector resistor of TSEB, the collector voltage will ___ |
| 3296 | If the emitter resistance doubles with TSEB, the collector current will ___ |
| 3297 | The base voltage of two-supply emitter bias (TSEB) is ___ |
| 3298 | The Q point of a VDB circuit is ___ |
| 3299 | If the collector resistance increases in a VDB circuit, the collector voltage will ___ |
| 3300 | If the emitter resistance doubles in a VDB circuit, the collector current will ___ |
| 3301 | Base bias is associated with ___ |
| 3302 | If the emitter resistance increases in a VDB circuit, the collector voltage ___ |
| 3303 | The collector voltage of a VDB circuit is not sensitive to changes in the ___ |
| 3304 | VDB normally operates in the ___ |
| 3305 | VDB needs ___ |
| 3306 | VDB has a stable Q point like ___ |
| 3307 | With VDB, an increase in emitter resistance will ___ |
| 3308 | VDB is noted for its ___ |
| 3309 | With voltage-divider bias, the base voltage is ___ |
| 3310 | For emitter bias, the voltage across the emitter resistor is the same as the voltage between the emitter and the ___ |
| 3311 | For emitter bias, the voltage at the emitter is 0.7 V less than the ___ |
| 3312 | If the emitter resistance decreases, the ___ |
| 3313 | If the emitter resistance decreases, the collector voltage ___ |
| 3314 | When the current gain increases from 50 to 300 in an emitter-biased circuit, the collector current ___ |
| 3315 | If the collector resistor is open, the collector voltage is ___ |
| 3316 | If the emitter resistor is open, the collector voltage is ___ |
| 3317 | If the current gain is unknown in an emitter-biased circuit, you cannot calculate the ___ |
| 3318 | The first step in analyzing emitter-based circuits is to find the ___ |
| 3319 | A circuit with a fixed emitter current is called ___ |
| 3320 | When there is no base current in a transistor switch, the output voltage from the transistor is ___ |
| 3321 | When the Q point moves along the load line, the voltage increases when the collector current ___ |
| 3322 | The base current is 50 microamp ___ |
| 3323 | If the collector resistor decreases to zero in a base-biased circuit, the load line will become ___ |
| 3324 | If the base resistor is shorted, the transistor will probably be ___ |
| 3325 | If the base supply voltage is disconnected, the collector- emitter voltage will equal ___ |
| 3326 | Suppose the base resistor is open ___ |
| 3327 | If the base supply voltage increases, the Q point moves ___ |
| 3328 | If a transistor operates at the middle of the load line, an increase in the current gain will move the Q point ___ |
| 3329 | If a transistor operates at the middle of the load line, an increase in the base resistance will move the Q point ___ |
| 3330 | Three different Q points are shown on a load line ___ |
| 3331 | Ignoring the bulk resistance of the collector diode, the collector-emitter saturation voltage is ___ |
| 3332 | If the base resistor is very small, the transistor will operate in the ___ |
| 3333 | When the base resistor decreases, the collector voltage will probably ___ |
| 3334 | As the temperature increases, the current gain ___ |
| 3335 | When the collector current increases, what does the current gain do? |
| 3336 | The graph of current gain versus collector-current indicates that the current gain ___ |
| 3337 | The current gain of a transistor is defined as the ratio of the collector current to the ___ |
| 3338 | If the base resistor is open, what is the collector current? |
| 3339 | The base-emitter voltage of the second approximation is ___ |
| 3340 | In the active region, the collector current is not changed significantly by ___ |
| 3341 | If you recalculate the collector-emitter voltage with the second approximation, the answer will usually be ___ |
| 3342 | The base-emitter voltage of an ideal transistor is ___ |
| 3343 | If the base current is 100 mA and the current gain is 30, the collector current is ___ |
| 3344 | A transistor acts like a diode and a ___ |
| 3345 | A small collector current with zero base current is caused by the leakage current of the ___ |
| 3346 | The power dissipated by a transistor approximately equals the collector current times ___ |
| 3347 | The collector-emitter voltage is usually ___ |
| 3348 | The base-emitter voltage is usually ___ |
| 3349 | If the current gain is 200 and the collector current is 100 mA, the base current is ___ |
| 3350 | What is the most important fact about the collector current? |
| 3351 | When a free electron recombines with a hole in the base region, the free electron becomes ___ |
| 3352 | In a normally biased npn transistor, the electrons in the emitter have enough energy to overcome the barrier potential of the ___ |
| 3353 | The fact that only a few holes are in the base region means the base is ___ |
| 3354 | Increasing the collector supply voltage will increase ___ |
| 3355 | The current gain of a transistor is the ratio of the ___ |
| 3356 | Most of the electrons that flow through the base will ___ |
| 3357 | Most of the electrons in the base of an npn transistor do not recombine because they ___ |
| 3358 | Most of the electrons in the base of an npn transistor flow ___ |
| 3359 | The base of an npn transistor is thin and ___ |
| 3360 | For normal operation of the transistor, the collector diode has to be ___ |
| 3361 | The emitter diode is usually ___ |
| 3362 | The barrier potential across each silicon depletion layer is ___ |
| 3363 | In an npn transistor, the majority carriers in the base are ___ |
| 3364 | Who invented the first junction transistor? |
| 3365 | What is one important thing transistors do? |
| 3366 | A transistor has how many doped regions? |
| 3367 | For typical operation, you need to use reverse bias with a ___ |
| 3368 | The diode with a forward voltage drop of approximately 0.25 V is the ___ |
| 3369 | To isolate an output circuit from an input circuit, which is the device to use? |
| 3370 | A blown-fuse indicator uses a ___ |
| 3371 | Which of the following has a negative-resistance region? |
| 3372 | The device to use for rectifying a weak ac signal is a ___ |
| 3373 | The varactor is usually ___ |
| 3374 | When the reverse voltage increases, the capacitance ___ |
| 3375 | If the depletion layer gets wider, the capacitance ___ |
| 3376 | The device associated with voltage-controlled capacitance is a ___ |
| 3377 | When the light increases, the reverse minority carrier current in a photodiode ___ |
| 3378 | A photodiode is normally ___ |
| 3379 | To display the digit 8 in a seven-segment indicator, ___ |
| 3380 | Breakdown does not destroy a zener diode provided the zener current is less than the ___ |
| 3381 | The capacitance of a varactor diode increases when the reverse voltage across it ___ |
| 3382 | At high frequencies, ordinary diodes don’t work properly because of ___ |
| 3383 | If the zener diode in a zener regulator is connected with the wrong polarity, the load voltage will be closest to ___ |
| 3384 | When the source voltage increases in a zener regulator, which of these currents remains approximately constant? |
| 3385 | If the load resistance decreases in a zener regulator, the series current ___ |
| 3386 | If the load resistance decreases in a zener regulator, the zener current ___ |
| 3387 | In a loaded zener regulator, which is the largest current? |
| 3388 | The load voltage is approximately constant when a zener diode is ___ |
| 3389 | In the second approximation, the total voltage across the zener diode is the sum of-the breakdown voltage and the voltage across the ___ |
| 3390 | If the series resistance decreases in an unloaded zener regulator, the zener current ___ |
| 3391 | The voltage across the zener resistance is usually ___ |
| 3392 | A zener diode ___ |
| 3393 | Which of these is the best description of a zener diode? |
| 3394 | What is true about the breakdown voltage in a zener diode? |
| 3395 | If the filter capacitance is increased, the ripple will ___ |
| 3396 | If the secondary voltage increases in a bridge rectifier with a capacitor-input filter, the load voltage will ___ |
| 3397 | The diodes in a bridge rectifier each have a maximum dc current rating of 2 A ___ |
| 3398 | If the filtered load current is 10 mA, which of the following has a diode current of 10 mA? |
| 3399 | With the same secondary voltage and filter, which produces the least load voltage? |
| 3400 | With the same secondary voltage and filter, which has the most ripple? |
| 3401 | If line frequency is 60 Hz, the output frequency of a bridge rectifier is ___ |
| 3402 | If line frequency is 60 Hz, the output frequency of a half-wave rectifier is ___ |
| 3403 | With a full-wave rectified voltage across the load resistor, load current flows for what part of a cycle? |
| 3404 | The voltage out of a bridge rectifier is a ___ |
| 3405 | Line voltage may be from 105 V rms to 125 rms in a half- wave rectifier ___ |
| 3406 | With a half-wave rectified voltage across the load resistor, load current flows for what part of a cycle? |
| 3407 | What is the peak secondary voltage if 115 V rms is applied to the primary winding? |
| 3408 | In a step-down transformer, which is larger? |
| 3409 | If the resistor is ungrounded, the voltage measured with a DMM between the top of the resistor and ground is closest to ___ |
| 3410 | The only time you have to use the third approximation is when ___ |
| 3411 | The second approximation works well when ___ |
| 3412 | The ideal diode is usually adequate when ___ |
| 3413 | If the bulk resistance is zero, the graph above the knee becomes ___ |
| 3414 | The bulk resistance of a 1N4001 is ___ |
| 3415 | How much forward diode voltage is there with the ideal- diode approximation? |
| 3416 | How much current is there through the second approximation of a silicon diode when it is reverse biased? |
| 3417 | How much voltage is there across the second approximation of a silicon diode when it is forward biased? |
| 3418 | The reverse current consists of minority-carrier current and ___ |
| 3419 | The knee voltage of a diode is approximately equal to the ___ |
| 3420 | When the diode current is large, the bias is ___ |
| 3421 | How is a nonconducting diode biased? |
| 3422 | What kind of a device is a diode? |
| 3423 | What kind of device is a resistor? |
| 3424 | When the graph of current versus voltage is a straight line, the device is referred to as ___ |
| 3425 | When a diode is forward-biased, the recombination of free electrons and holes may produce ___ |
| 3426 | When the reverse voltage increases from 5 to 10 V, the depletion layer ___ |
| 3427 | Diffusion of free electrons across the junction of an unbiased diode produces ___ |
| 3428 | The voltage where avalanche occurs is called the ___ |
| 3429 | Surface-leakage current is part of the ___ |
| 3430 | In a silicon diode the reverse current is usually ___ |
| 3431 | To produce a large forward current in a silicon diode, the applied voltage must be greater than ___ |
| 3432 | What is the barrier potential of a silicon diode at room temperature? |
| 3433 | What causes the depletion layer? |
| 3434 | Which of the following cannot move? |
| 3435 | Which of the following describes a p-type semiconductor? |
| 3436 | A p-type semiconductor contains holes and ___ |
| 3437 | Which of the following describes an n-type semiconductor? |
| 3438 | Positive ions are atoms that have ___ |
| 3439 | How many electrons are there in the valence orbit of a silicon atom within a crystal? |
| 3440 | Which of the following is approximately equal to room temperature? |
| 3441 | Which of the following doesn’t fit in the group? |
| 3442 | An external voltage source is applied to a p-type semiconductor ___ |
| 3443 | Suppose an intrinsic semiconductor has 1 billion free electrons at room temperature ___ |
| 3444 | Silver is the best conductor. How many valence electrons do you think it has? |
| 3445 | How many free electrons does a p-type semiconductor contain? |
| 3446 | Holes are the minority carriers in which type of semiconductor? |
| 3447 | If you wanted to produce a p-type semiconductor, which of these would you use? |
| 3448 | A donor atom has how many valence electrons? |
| 3449 | Holes act like ___ |
| 3450 | The flow of valence electrons to the left means that holes are flowing to the ___ |
| 3451 | The number of free electrons and holes in an intrinsic semiconductor increases when the temperature ___ |
| 3452 | At room temperature an intrinsic semiconductor has ___ |
| 3453 | At absolute zero temperature an intrinsic semiconductor has ___ |
| 3454 | Absolute zero temperature equals ___ |
| 3455 | In an intrinsic semiconductor, the number of free electrons ___ |
| 3456 | A conductor has how many holes? |
| 3457 | When a voltage is applied to a semiconductor, holes will flow ___ |
| 3458 | A conductor has how many types of flow? |
| 3459 | The valence electron of a conductor is also called a ___ |
| 3460 | The amount of time between the creation of a hole and its disappearance is called ___ |
| 3461 | At room temperature an intrinsic silicon crystal acts approximately like ___ |
| 3462 | The merging of a free electron and a hole is called ___ |
| 3463 | Each valence electron in an intrinsic semiconductor establishes a ___ |
| 3464 | Silicon atoms combine into an orderly pattern called a ___ |
| 3465 | How many protons does the nucleus of a silicon atom contain? |
| 3466 | Which is the most widely used semiconductor? |
| 3467 | How many valence electrons does a silicon atom have? |
| 3468 | The valence electron of a copper atom experiences what kind of attraction toward the nucleus? |
| 3469 | Assume the valence electron is removed from a copper atom ___ |
| 3470 | The net charge of a neutral copper atom is ___ |
| 3471 | The nucleus of a copper atom contains how many protons? |
| 3472 | Definitions are ___ |
| 3473 | Laws are proved by ___ |
| 3474 | Derivations are ___ |
| 3475 | One way to short a device is ___ |
| 3476 | Norton’s theorem replaces a complicated circuit facing a load by an ___ |
| 3477 | Thevenin’s theorem replaces a complicated circuit facing a load by an ___ |
| 3478 | The current out of an ideal current source ___ |
| 3479 | The voltage out of an ideal voltage source ___ |
| 3480 | Treating a connecting wire as a conductor with zero resistance is an example of the ___ |
| 3481 | An ideal voltage source and an internal resistance is an example of the ___ |
| 3482 | A shorted resistor has ___ |
| 3483 | An open resistor has ___ |
| 3484 | A cold-solder joint ___ |
| 3485 | A solder bridge ___ |
| 3486 | The Norton current is sometimes called the ___ |
| 3487 | To get the Norton current, you have to ___ |
| 3488 | To get the Thevenin voltage, you have to ___ |
| 3489 | The Thevenin resistance is equal in value to the ___ |
| 3490 | The Thevenin voltage is the same as the ___ |
| 3491 | If a load resistance is 1 kohm, a stiff current source has a resistance of ___ |
| 3492 | An ideal current source has ___ |
| 3493 | If a load resistance is 1 kohm, a stiff voltage source has a resistance of ___ |
| 3494 | A real voltage source has ___ |
| 3495 | An ideal voltage source has ___ |
| 3496 | An external pass transistor is used for ___ |
| 3497 | The LM317 is an example of an IC ___ |
| 3498 | In a switching regulator, the control transistor is conducting ___ |
| 3499 | In a linear regulator, the control transistor is conducting ___ |
| 3500 | The basic series regulator, ___ |
| 3501 | All of the following are parts of a basic voltage regulator except ___ |
| 3502 | In the case of line regulation, ___ |
| 3503 | A PLL maintains lock by comparing ___ |
| 3504 | If the control voltage to a VCO increases, the output frequency ___ |
| 3505 | The output of the AM detector goes directly to the ___ |
| 3506 | When a receiver is tuned from one RF frequency to another, the IF changes by an amount equal to the LO (local oscillator) frequency ___ |
| 3507 | The IF in a receiver is the ___ |
| 3508 | The frequency spectrum of a balanced modulator contains ___ |
| 3509 | Amplitude modulation is basically a ___ |
| 3510 | When the two inputs of a multiplier are connected together, the device operates as a ___ |
| 3511 | The internal attenuation of a multiplier is called the ___ |
| 3512 | In order to handle all combinations of input voltage polarities, a multiplier must have ___ |
| 3513 | The detector or discriminator in an AM or an FM receiver ___ |
| 3514 | An FM receiver has an IF frequency that is ___ |
| 3515 | In an AM receiver, the local oscillator always produces a frequency that is above the incoming RF by ___ |
| 3516 | In amplitude modulation, the pattern produced by the peaks of the carrier signal is called the ___ |
| 3517 | Which of the following is not an input or output of the 555 timer? |
| 3518 | The operation of a relaxation oscillator is based on ___ |
| 3519 | The main feature of a crystal oscillator is ___ |
| 3520 | An oscillator whose frequency is charged by a variable dc voltage is known as ___ |
| 3521 | Colpitts, Clapp, and Hartley are names refer to ___ |
| 3522 | A phase-shift oscillator has ___ |
| 3523 | The Wien-bridge oscillator’s positive feedback circuit is ___ |
| 3524 | In a Wien-bridge oscillator, if the resistance in the positive ___ |
| 3525 | For an oscillator to properly start, the gain around the feedback loop must initially be ___ |
| 3526 | In a certain oscillator, AV = 50 ___ |
| 3527 | A second condition for oscillation is ___ |
| 3528 | One condition for oscillation is ___ |
| 3529 | Wien-bridge oscillators are based on ___ |
| 3530 | An oscillator differs from an amplifier because ___ |
| 3531 | When the gain of a filter is minimum at its center frequency, it is ___ |
| 3532 | A state-variable filter consist of ___ |
| 3533 | When the low-pass and a high-pass filter are cascaded to get a band-pass filter, the critical frequency of the low- pass filter must be ___ |
| 3534 | When filters are cascaded, the roll-off rate ___ |
| 3535 | Sallen-Key filters are ___ |
| 3536 | The number of poles in a filter affect the ___ |
| 3537 | The damping factor of a filter is set by ___ |
| 3538 | A maximally flat frequency response is known as ___ |
| 3539 | The damping factor of an active filter determines ___ |
| 3540 | The quality factor (Q) of a band-pass filter depends on ___ |
| 3541 | A band-pass response has ___ |
| 3542 | A single resistor and a single capacitor can be connected to form a filter with a roll-off rate of ___ |
| 3543 | The term pole in filter terminology refers to ___ |
| 3544 | If you subtract In y from In x, you get ___ |
| 3545 | The logarithm of the product of two numbers is equal to the ___ |
| 3546 | The operation of a logarithmic amplifier is based on ___ |
| 3547 | An OTA is basically a ___ |
| 3548 | The voltage gain of an OTA circuit is set by ___ |
| 3549 | In an OTA, the transconductance is controlled by ___ |
| 3550 | The term OTA means ___ |
| 3551 | The stage of most isolation amplifiers are connected by ___ |
| 3552 | The three parts of a basic isolation amplifier are ___ |
| 3553 | Isolation amplifiers are used primarily in remote, isolated locations systems that isolate a single signal from many different signals ___ |
| 3554 | Instrumentation amplifiers are used primarily in ___ |
| 3555 | Typically, an instrumentation amplifier has an external resistor used for ___ |
| 3556 | To make a basic instrumentation amplifier, it takes ___ |
| 3557 | When you apply a triangular waveform to the input of a differentiator, the output is ___ |
| 3558 | The output of a differentiator is proportional to ___ |
| 3559 | In a differentiator, the feedback element is ___ |
| 3560 | The rate of change of an integrator’s output voltage in response to a step input is set by ___ |
| 3561 | For a step input, the output of an integrator is ___ |
| 3562 | In an integrator, the feedback element is a ___ |
| 3563 | In a scaling adder, the input resistors are ___ |
| 3564 | An average amplifier has five inputs ___ |
| 3565 | If the voltage gain for each input of a summing amplifier with a 4.7 kΩ feedback resistor is unity, the input resistor must have a value of ___ |
| 3566 | A summing amplifier can have ___ |
| 3567 | Using the output bounding in a comparator ___ |
| 3568 | In a comparator with hysteresis ___ |
| 3569 | A comparator with hysteresis ___ |
| 3570 | The effect the noise can be reduced by ___ |
| 3571 | Noise on the input of a comparator can cause the output to ___ |
| 3572 | The zero-level detector is one application of a ___ |
| 3573 | In a zero-level detector, the output changes state when the input ___ |
| 3574 | If a certain op-amp has a closed-loop gain of 20 and an upper critical frequency of 10 MHz, the gain-bandwidth product is ___ |
| 3575 | If a certain op-amp has a midrange open-loop gain of 200,000 and a unity gain frequency of 5 MHz, the gain- bandwidth product is ___ |
| 3576 | When negative feedback is used, the gain-bandwidth product of an op-amp ___ |
| 3577 | Each RC circuit in an op-amp ___ |
| 3578 | Phase shift through an op-amp is caused by ___ |
| 3579 | The frequency at which the open-loop gain is equal to 1 is called ___ |
| 3580 | The midrange open-loop of an op amp ___ |
| 3581 | The bandwidth of a dc amplifier having an upper critical frequency of 100 kHz is ___ |
| 3582 | The bandwidth of an ac amplifier having a lower critical frequency of 1 kHz and an upper critical frequency of 10 kHz is ___ |
| 3583 | A voltage follower ___ |
| 3584 | The closed loop gain is ___ |
| 3585 | A certain inverting amplifier has an Ri of 0.1 kΩ and an Rf of 100 kΩ ___ |
| 3586 | Negative feedback ___ |
| 3587 | The use of negative feedback ___ |
| 3588 | For an op-amp with negative feedback, the output is ___ |
| 3589 | The purpose of offset nulling is to ___ |
| 3590 | The output of a particular op-amp increases 8 V in 12 μs. The slew rate is ___ |
| 3591 | A certain op-amp has a bias current of 50μA and 49.3μA ___ |
| 3592 | Of the valued listed, the most realistic value for open- loop gain of an op-amp is ___ |
| 3593 | With zero volts on both inputs, an op-amp ideally should have an output equal to ___ |
| 3594 | The CMRR is ___ |
| 3595 | Common-mode gain is ___ |
| 3596 | In the common mode, ___ |
| 3597 | In the differential mode, ___ |
| 3598 | When an op-amp is operated in the single-ended mode, the output is grounded ___ |
| 3599 | A differential amplifier ___ |
| 3600 | Which of the following characteristics does not necessarily apply to an op-amp? |
| 3601 | An integrated circuit (IC) op-amp has ___ |
| 3602 | In a phototransistor, base current is ___ |
| 3603 | The PUT is ___ |
| 3604 | Which of the following is not a characteristic of the UJT ___ |
| 3605 | The SCS can be turned off by ___ |
| 3606 | The SCS can be turned on by ___ |
| 3607 | The SCS differs from the SCR because ___ |
| 3608 | The triac is ___ |
| 3609 | The diac is ___ |
| 3610 | The specified value of holding current for an SCR means that ___ |
| 3611 | In the forward-blocking region, the SCR is ___ |
| 3612 | An SCR can be turned off by ___ |
| 3613 | An SCR differs from 4-layer diode because ___ |
| 3614 | Once it conducting, a 4-layer diode can be turned off by ___ |
| 3615 | A 4-layer didoe turns on when the anode to cathode voltage exceeds ___ |
| 3616 | Common types of thyristors includes ___ |
| 3617 | A thyristor has ___ |
| 3618 | In the step response of a noninverting amplifier, a longer rise time means ___ |
| 3619 | When the voltage gain of an amplifier is increased, the bandwidth ___ |
| 3620 | The frequency at which an amplifier’s gain is 1 is called the ___ |
| 3621 | Ideally, the midrange gain of an amplifier ___ |
| 3622 | An amplifier has the following critical frequencies: 1.2 kHz, 950 Hz, 8 kHz, and 8.5 kHz. The bandwidth is ___ |
| 3623 | The miller input capacitance of an amplifier is dependent, in part, on ___ |
| 3624 | The gain of a certain amplifier decrease by 6 dB when the frequency is reduced from 1 kHz to 10 Hz. The roll-off is ___ |
| 3625 | The bandwidth of an amplifier is determined by ___ |
| 3626 | The high-frequency response of an amplifier is determined in part by ___ |
| 3627 | The low-frequency response of an amplifier is determined in part by ___ |
| 3628 | The transistor in a class C amplifier conducts for ___ |
| 3629 | The efficiency of a class C amplifier is ___ |
| 3630 | The power dissipation of a class C amplifier is normally ___ |
| 3631 | The maximum efficiency of a class AB amplifier is ___ |
| 3632 | If the load resistance is 50 Ω, the value of ___ |
| 3633 | The maximum efficiency of a class B push-pull amplifier is ___ |
| 3634 | A current mirror in a push-pull amplifier should give an |
| 3635 | A BJT class B push-pull amplifier with no transformer coupling uses ___ |
| 3636 | Crossover distortion is a problem for ___ |
| 3637 | The maximum efficiency of a class A power amplifier is ___ |
| 3638 | The efficiency of a power amplifier is the ratio of the power delivered to the load to the ___ |
| 3639 | For maximum output, a class A power amplifier must be maintain a value of quiescent current that is ___ |
| 3640 | The peak current a class A power amplifier can deliver to a load depends on the ___ |
| 3641 | A certain class A power amplifier delivers 5 W to a load with an input signal power of 100 mW. The power gain is ___ |
| 3642 | If there is an internal open between the drain and source in a CS amplifier, the drain voltage is equal to ___ |
| 3643 | The first stage has a voltage gain of 5 and the second stage has a voltage gain of 7 ___ |
| 3644 | For small-signal operation, an n-channel JFET must be biased at ___ |
| 3645 | If you are looking for both good voltage gain and high input resistance, you must use a ___ |
| 3646 | The common-gate (CG) amplifier differs from both the CS and CD configuration in that it has a ___ |
| 3647 | A certain common-drain (CD) amplifier with RS = 1.0 kΩ has a transconductance of 6000 μS ___ |
| 3648 | A CS amplifier has a load resistance of ___ |
| 3649 | A certain common-source amplifier has a voltage gain of 10 ___ |
| 3650 | The value of the current source is dependent on the ___ |
| 3651 | Ideally, the equivalent circuit of a FET contains ___ |
| 3652 | If the source resistor is completely bypassed, the ___ |
| 3653 | The voltage gain is ___ |
| 3654 | In a common-source amplifier, the output voltage is 180Ëš out of phase with the input ___ |
| 3655 | An n-channel D-MOSFET with positive VGS is operating in ___ |
| 3656 | A MOSFET differs from a JFET mainly because ___ |
| 3657 | The value of VGS for an approximately midpoint bias is ___ |
| 3658 | For a certain JFET ___ |
| 3659 | A certain JFET data sheet gives ___ |
| 3660 | At cutoff, the JFET channel is ___ |
| 3661 | If RD is decreased to 330 Ω, IDSS is ___ |
| 3662 | Drain current in the constant-current area increases when ___ |
| 3663 | IDSS is ___ |
| 3664 | The constant-current area of a FET lies between ___ |
| 3665 | For VGS = 0 V, the drain current becomes constant when VDS exceeds ___ |
| 3666 | A JFET always operates with ___ |
| 3667 | The channel of a JFET is between the ___ |
| 3668 | The JFET is ___ |
| 3669 | In a common-emitter amplifier with voltage-divider bias ___ |
| 3670 | The input resistance of a common-base amplifier is ___ |
| 3671 | In a certain emitter-follower circuit, the current gain is 50 ___ |
| 3672 | Assuming the RE is completely bypassed at the operating frequency, the voltage gain is ___ |
| 3673 | If a 10 mV signal is applied to the base of the emitter- follower circuit , the output signal is approximately ___ |
| 3674 | For a common-collector amplifier ___ |
| 3675 | A certain common-emitter amplifier has a voltage gain of ___ |
| 3676 | If the dc emitter current in a certain transistor amplifier is 3 mA, the approximate value of ___ |
| 3677 | The parameter hfe corresponds to ___ |
| 3678 | A small-signal amplifier ___ |
| 3679 | In a voltage-divider biased pnp transistor, there is no base current, but the base voltage is approximately correct ___ |
| 3680 | In a voltage-divider biased npn transistor, if the lower voltage-divider resistor (the one connected to VCC) opens ___ |
| 3681 | In a voltage-divider biased npn transistor, if the upper voltage-divider resistor ___ |
| 3682 | Collector-feedback bias is ___ |
| 3683 | In an emitter bias circuit, the emitter current ___ |
| 3684 | Emitter bias is ___ |
| 3685 | The disadvantage of base bias is that ___ |
| 3686 | Voltage-divider bias ___ |
| 3687 | In a certain voltage-divider biased npn transistor ___ |
| 3688 | The input resistance at the base of a biased transistor depends mainly on ___ |
| 3689 | If a sinusoidal voltage is applied to the base of a biased npn transistor and the resulting sinusoidal collector voltage is clipped near zero volts, the transistor is ___ |
| 3690 | Ideally, a dc load line is s straight line drawn on the collector characteristics curves between ___ |
| 3691 | If the base-emitter junction is open, the collector voltage is ___ |
| 3692 | Once in saturation, a further increase in base current will ___ |
| 3693 | To saturate a BJT, ___ |
| 3694 | In saturation, is ___ |
| 3695 | In cutoff is ___ |
| 3696 | When operated in cutoff and saturation, the transistor acts like ___ |
| 3697 | The bias condition for a transistor to be used as linear amplifier is called ___ |
| 3698 | The approximate voltage across the forward-biased base emitter junction of a silicon BJT is ___ |
| 3699 | If IC is 50 times larger than IB, then βDC is ___ |
| 3700 | The βDC of a transistor is its ___ |
| 3701 | The emitter current is always ___ |
| 3702 | For operation as an amplifier, the base of a npn transistor must be ___ |
| 3703 | In a pnp transistor, the p-region are ___ |
| 3704 | The three terminals of a bipolar junction transistor are called ___ |
| 3705 | An infrared LED is optically coupled to a photodiode ___ |
| 3706 | A diode that has a negative resistance characteristics is the ___ |
| 3707 | The internal resistance of a photodiode ___ |
| 3708 | Compared to a visible red LED, an infrared LED ___ |
| 3709 | An LED ___ |
| 3710 | A varactor diode exhibits ___ |
| 3711 | A no-load condition means that ___ |
| 3712 | If a certain zener diode has a zener voltage of 3.6 V, it operates in ___ |
| 3713 | The cathode of zener diode in a voltage regulator is normally ___ |
| 3714 | If you are checking a 60 Hz full-wave bridge rectifier and observe that the output has a 60 Hz ripple ___ |
| 3715 | If one of the diode in a bridge full-wave rectifier opens, the output is ___ |
| 3716 | A 10 V peak-to-peak sinusoidal voltage is applied across a silicon diode and series resistor ___ |
| 3717 | Load regulations is determined by ___ |
| 3718 | Line regulation is determined by ___ |
| 3719 | If the load resistance of a capacitor-filtered full-wave rectifier is reduced, the ripple voltage ___ |
| 3720 | The ideal dc output voltage of a capacitor-input filter is equal to ___ |
| 3721 | The total secondary voltage in a center-tapped full-wave rectifier is 125 rms ___ |
| 3722 | When a 60 Hz sinusoidal voltage is applied to the input of a full-wave rectifier, the output frequency is ___ |
| 3723 | When a 60 Hz sinusoidal voltage is applied to the input of a half-wave rectifier, the output frequency is ___ |
| 3724 | If the anode is connected to the positive battery terminal, the cathode voltage with respect to the negative battery terminal is ___ |
| 3725 | When a voltmeter is placed across a forward-biased diode, it will read a voltage approximately equal to ___ |
| 3726 | When forward-biased, a diode ___ |
| 3727 | For a silicon diode, the value of the forward-bias voltage typically ___ |
| 3728 | Although current is blocked in reverse bias ___ |
| 3729 | When diode is forward-biased ___ |
| 3730 | To forward-bias a diode ___ |
| 3731 | The term bias means ___ |
| 3732 | The depletion region is consist of ___ |
| 3733 | The depletion region is created by ___ |
| 3734 | A pn junction is formed by ___ |
| 3735 | Holes in an n-type semiconductor are ___ |
| 3736 | The majority carriers in an n-type semiconductor are ___ |
| 3737 | The purpose of a pentavalent impurity is to ___ |
| 3738 | A trivalent impurity is added to silicon to create ___ |
| 3739 | The process of adding an impurity to an intrinsic semiconductor is called ___ |
| 3740 | The difference between an insulator and a semiconductor is ___ |
| 3741 | In an intrinsic semiconductor ___ |
| 3742 | The current in a semiconductor is produced by ___ |
| 3743 | Each atom in a silicon crystal has ___ |
| 3744 | In a semiconductor crystal, the atoms are held together by ___ |
| 3745 | Recombination is when ___ |
| 3746 | Electron-holes pairs are produced by ___ |
| 3747 | The energy band in which free electrons exist is the ___ |
| 3748 | The most widely used semiconductive material in electronic device is ___ |
| 3749 | A positive ion is formed when ___ |
| 3750 | Valence electrons are ___ |
| 3751 | The valence shell in a silicon atom has the number designation of ___ |
| 3752 | The atomic number of germanium is ___ |
| 3753 | The atomic number of silicon is ___ |
| 3754 | The nucleus of an atom is made up to ___ |
| 3755 | An atom consist of ___ |
| 3756 | Every known element has ___ |
| 3757 | A preproduction model of a system built for testing and debugging ___ |
| 3758 | This type of bus carries lines that control the operation of the memory from the microprocessor to the memory ___ |
| 3759 | A table used by a PLD language, such as PALASM, to calculate the expected outputs for a set of inputs ___ |
| 3760 | An input that disables multiplexers or demultiplexers when it is HIGH ___ |
| 3761 | A circuit that goes through ___ |
| 3762 | The time difference which results when a clock may not arrive at all flip-flops precisely at the same time ___ |
| 3763 | How many flip-flops should be used to realize 32- count capacity? |
| 3764 | A state causing the flip- flop to change or reverse its state ___ |
| 3765 | The state of a flip-flop when Q = 1 and Q’ = 0 ___ |
| 3766 | The state of a flip-flop when Q = 0 and Q’ = 1 ___ |
| 3767 | Duty cycle for repetitive waveform is defined as ___ |
| 3768 | A diagram consisting of a set of circles, where each circle contains a number of state within it ___ |
| 3769 | A multiplexer is described by its size through ___, where n = number of bits |
| 3770 | Asynchronous flip-flop line used to clear Q immediately to 0 ___ |
| 3771 | A digital circuit that takes 4-bit BCD inputs and activates the required outputs to display the equivalent decimal digit on a 7-segment display ___ |
| 3772 | Circuits made up of combination of logic gates, with no feedback from outputs to inputs ___ |
| 3773 | A situation when a circuit’s output level for a given set of input conditions can be assigned as either a 1 or a 0 ___ |
| 3774 | A bistate multivibrator has ___ |
| 3775 | A decoder with 4 inputs can have a maximum of how many outputs? |
| 3776 | Data retrieval from a memory is termed as ___ |
| 3777 | Class of mass memory devices that uses a laser beam to write and read onto a specified coated disk ___ |
| 3778 | That part of a computer instruction that defines what type of operation the computer is to execute on a specified data ___ |
| 3779 | A result which is obtained when a one is added to the least significant bit position of a binary number in the 1’s complement ___ |
| 3780 | Which if the following is NOT an internal digital IC fault? |
| 3781 | How many neutrons does Uranium 238 have? |
| 3782 | Which of the following is the heaviest? |
| 3783 | What is the atomic number of copper? |
| 3784 | Which of the following constants is needed to calculate the wavelength of and electron when is treated as a wave? |
| 3785 | It is the energy of the highest energy electron of a metal at 0 degree Kelvin ___ |
| 3786 | Amount of additional energy required for electronic emission of metals ___ |
| 3787 | Find the charge in coulombs of the dielectric that has a positive charge of 14.5 x 10 to the 18th power protons |
| 3788 | Protons are about ___ heavier than electrons |
| 3789 | “When an atom gains an additional ___, it results to a negative ion” |
| 3790 | “In electricity, positive charge refers to ___” |
| 3791 | ___ is the procedure by which an atom is given a net charge by adding or taking away electron |
| 3792 | A process of constant loses of free electrons and then regaining them is called ___ |
| 3793 | Ion is ___? |
| 3794 | What will happen to an atom if an electron is either taken out or taken into the same atom? |
| 3795 | The definite discrete amount of energy required to move an electron from a lower shell to a higher shell ___ |
| 3796 | Electric charge of neutron is the same as ___ |
| 3797 | Which of the following is not a basic part of an atom? |
| 3798 | The lightest kind of atom of element ___ |
| 3799 | What is the smallest element of a matter? |
| 3800 | “What composes all matter whether a liquid, solid or gas ?” |
| 3801 | What is the ratio of electron’s charge to its mass? |
| 3802 | A voltage regulator has a ripple rejection of -60 dB ___ |
| 3803 | If the output of a voltage regulator varies from 20 to 19.8 V when the line voltage varies over its specified range, the source regulation is ___ |
| 3804 | If the output of a voltage regulator varies from 15 to 14.7 V between the minimum and maximum load current, the load regulation is ___ |
| 3805 | The discharging time constant of a peak detector is 10 ms ___ |
| 3806 | The input voltage to a positive limiter is a triangular wave of 8 V pp and an average value of 0 ___ |
| 3807 | The input to a peak detector is a triangular wave with a peak-to-peak value of 8 V and an average value of 0 ___ |
| 3808 | If AOL = 200,000, the closed-loop knee voltage of a silicon diode is |
| 3809 | 1 ppm is equivalent to ___ |
| 3810 | An op amp has a voltage gain of 500,000 ___ |
| 3811 | If funity is 10 MHz and midband open-loop voltage gain is 1,000,000, then the open-loop cutoff frequency of the op amp is ___ |
| 3812 | If the unity-gain frequency is 5 MHz and the midband open-loop voltage gain is 200,000, the cutoff frequency is ___ |
| 3813 | If the cutoff frequency is 15 Hz and the midband openloop voltage gain is 1,000,000, the unity-gain frequency is ___ |
| 3814 | The voltage gain of an amplifier decreases 20 dB per decade above 20 kHz |
| 3815 | If f = 1 MHz, and f2 = 10 Hz, the ratio f/f2 represents how many decades? |
| 3816 | One frequency is 8 times another frequency ___ |
| 3817 | Two stages have voltage gains of 100 and 200 ___ |
| 3818 | Two stages have decibel voltage gains of 20 and 40 dB ___ |
| 3819 | If the voltage gain is 2000, the decibel voltage gain is ___ |
| 3820 | If the voltage gain is 100, the decibel voltage gain is ___ |
| 3821 | If the voltage gain is 10, the decibel voltage gain is ___ |
| 3822 | If the voltage gain doubles, the decibel voltage gain increases by ___ |
| 3823 | If the power gain doubles, the decibel power gain increases by ___ |
| 3824 | If a JFET has ___ |
| 3825 | A Darlington transistor has a Beta of 8000 ___ |
| 3826 | If an emitter follower has re’ = 10 ohm and re = 90 ohm, the voltage gain is approximately ___ |
| 3827 | If an emitter follower has ___ |
| 3828 | If Beta = 200 and re = 150 ohm, the input impedance of the base is approximately ___ |
| 3829 | If RC = 3.6 kohm and RL = 10 kohm, the ac load resistance equals ___ |
| 3830 | If the ac voltage across the emitter diode is 1 mV and the ac emitter current is 0.1 mA, the ac resistance of the emitter diode is ___ |
| 3831 | If the current gain is 125, the collector current is closest in value to ___ |
| 3832 | The collector current is 10 mA ___ |
| 3833 | What is the PIV across each diode of a bridge rectifier with a secondary voltage of 20 V rms? |
| 3834 | If the load current is 5 mA and the filter capacitance is 1000uF, what is the peak-to-peak ripple out of a bridge rectifier? |
| 3835 | What is the peak load voltage out of a bridge rectifier for a secondary voltage of 15 V rms? |
| 3836 | We want a peak load voltage of 40 V out of a bridge rectifier ___ |
| 3837 | What is the peak load voltage in a full-wave rectifier if the secondary voltage is 20 V rms? |
| 3838 | If the line voltage is 115 V rms, a turns ratio of 5: 1 means the rms secondary voltage is closest to ___ |
| 3839 | Line voltage may be from 105 V rms to 125 rms in a halfwave rectifier ___ |
| 3840 | A transformer has a turns ratio of 4: 1 ___ |
| 3841 | If N1/N2 = 2, and the primary voltage is 120 V, what is the secondary voltage? |
| 3842 | Imagine a capacitor and resistor connected in series, such that the capacitive reactance is equal to ˆ’200 Ω and the resistance is equal to 200 Ω at a frequency of 70 MHz ___ |
| 3843 | Suppose a battery-powered circuit has 1.00 Ω of net resistance, and 15.0 A of current flows through it ___ |
| 3844 | Suppose an audio amplifier produces 8.0 V rms output with 80 mV rms input ___ |
| 3845 | What is the complex impedance of this circuit? |
| 3846 | The binary number 1001101 represents which decimal number? |
| 3847 | Suppose a coil and capacitor are connected in series, with jXL = j 40 and jXC = ˆ’j70, and the coil has an internal resistance of 10 Ω ___ |
| 3848 | Suppose you want to use a transformer to match the output of an audio amplifier to a speaker ___ |
| 3849 | Imagine an inductor and resistor connected in series, such that the inductive reactance and the resistance are both equal to 400 Ω at a frequency of 100 MHz ___ |
| 3850 | Imagine four 100-μH inductors connected in a 2 × 2 series-parallel combination ___ |
| 3851 | Suppose an audio amplifier produces 100 W rms output when the input is 5.00 W rms ___ |
| 3852 | What is the dc resistance of a component with a dc conductance of ___ |
| 3853 | Suppose you want to use a transformer to obtain exactly 30 V rms ac from an electrical outlet that supplies exactly 120 V rms ac ___ |
| 3854 | Imagine a circuit with 21 Ω of inductive reactance and 28 Ω of resistance ___ |
| 3855 | Suppose a dc circuit has 10 kΩ of resistance, and a 12-V battery is connected to it ___ |
| 3856 | What is the complex impedance of this combination? |
| 3857 | What is the frequency of a pure sine wave that has a period of 50 nanoseconds? |
| 3858 | Suppose an antenna has a radiation resistance of 35 Ω and a loss resistance of 15 Ω ___ |
| 3859 | A resistor of 100 ohms carries 333 mA dc |
| 3860 | In a certain resistance-capacitance (RC) circuit, the current leads the voltage by 45 degrees ___ |
| 3861 | A transformer has a primary-to-secondary turns ratio of 10:1 ___ |
| 3862 | A coil has 20 mH of inductance ___ |
| 3863 | A resistor has a positive temperature coefficient of 1.00 percent per degree C ___ |
| 3864 | Three resistors, each of 30 ohms, are connected in parallel ___ |
| 3865 | A circuit has a complex impedance of 9 + j12 ___ |
| 3866 | Three resistances are in parallel, with values of 100, 200, and 300 ohms ___ |
| 3867 | Two 400-μH inductors are connected in series ___ |
| 3868 | A circuit has a battery of 3.0 V and a bulb with a resistance of 12.0 ohms ___ |
| 3869 | A radio antenna receives 50 watts of RF power from a transmitter, and radiates 49 watts of that power into space ___ |
| 3870 | An amplifier has an output signal voltage that is 35 times the input signal voltage ___ |
| 3871 | An amplifier has a dc collector power input of 300 W, and is 75.0 percent efficient ___ |
| 3872 | A power gain of 30 dB is equivalent to an amplification factor of ___ |
| 3873 | An inductor shows 100 Ω of reactance at 30.0 MHz ___ |
| 3874 | Three coils are connected in parallel ___ |
| 3875 | A series circuit has a resistance of 600 Ω and a capacitance of 220 pF |
| 3876 | The period of a wave is ___ |
| 3877 | A 200 Ω resistor is in series with a coil and capacitor; XL = 200 Ω and XC = ˆ’100 Ω ___ |
| 3878 | A series circuit has a resistance of 50 Ω and a capacitive reactance of ˆ’37 Ω ___ |
| 3879 | A capacitor of 470 pF is in parallel with an inductor of 4.44 μH ___ |
| 3880 | A 50 Ω feed line needs to be matched to an antenna with a purely resistive impedance of 200 Ω A quarter-wave matching section should have ___ |
| 3881 | Two inductors, having values of 140 μH and 1.50 mH, are connected in series ___ |
| 3882 | Two complex impedances are in series ___ |
| 3883 | A coil has an inductance of 750 μH ___ |
| 3884 | Avcomplex impedance is represented by 34-j23 ___ |
| 3885 | A transformer has a step-up turns ratio of 1:3.16 ___ |
| 3886 | At a frequency of 2.55 MHz, a 330-pF capacitor has a reactance of ___ |
| 3887 | How many degrees of phase change occur in a microsecond (a millionth of a second)? |
| 3888 | A transmission line carries 3.50 A of ac current and 150 V ac ___ |
| 3889 | A transformer has a primary-to-secondary turns ratio of exactly 8.88:1 ___ |
| 3890 | Four capacitors are connected in parallel ___ |
| 3891 | A sine wave has a peak value of 30.0 V ___ |
| 3892 | A 6.00-V battery is connected to a parallel combination of two resistors, whose values are 8.00 Ω 12.0 Ω ___ |
| 3893 | A 100-W bulb burns for 100 hours ___ |
| 3894 | Nine 90-ohm resistors are connected in a 3x- parallel network ___ |
| 3895 | A 12-V battery is connected to a set of three resistors in series ___ |
| 3896 | A 24-V battery is connected across a set of four resistors in parallel ___ |
| 3897 | A battery delivers 12 V across a set of six 4- Ω voltage dividing combination ___ |
| 3898 | A 6-V battery is connected across a series combination of resistors ___ |
| 3899 | A battery supplies 6.0 V to a bulb rated at 12 W ___ |
| 3900 | A resistor has a value of 680 ohms, and a tolerance of plus or minus 5 percent. Which of the following values indicates a reject ___ |
| 3901 | A battery delivers 12 V to a bulb ___ |
| 3902 | The attenuation of the feedback circuit must be ___ |
| 3903 | If a certain op-amp has a closed-loop gain of 20 and an upper critical frequency of 10 MHz, the gain- bandwidth product is ___ |
| 3904 | If a certain op-amp has a midrange open-loop gain of 200,000 and a unity gain frequency of 5 MHz, the gain-bandwidth product is ___ |
| 3905 | A certain inverting amplifier has a closed-loop gain of 25 ___ |
| 3906 | If the feedback resistor is open, the voltage gain is ___ |
| 3907 | A certain inverting amplifier has an ___ |
| 3908 | The output of a particular op-amp increases 8 V in 12 μs ___ |
| 3909 | A certain op-amp has a bias current of 50μA and 49.3μA |
| 3910 | If Av(d) = 3500 and Acm = 0.35, the CMRR is |
| 3911 | At the upper critical frequency, the peak output voltage of a certain amplifier is 10 V ___ |
| 3912 | In the midrange of an amplifier’s bandwidth, the peak output voltage is 6 V ___ |
| 3913 | If the fr of the transistor used in a certain amplifier is 75 MHz and the bandwidth is 10 MHz, the voltage gain must be ___ |
| 3914 | An amplifier has the following critical frequencies: 1.2 kHz, 950 Hz, 8 kHz, and 8.5 kHz ___ |
| 3915 | The gain of a particular amplifier at a given frequency decreases by 6 dB when the frequency is doubled ___ |
| 3916 | The gain of a certain amplifier decrease by 6 dB when the frequency is reduced from 1 kHz to 10 Hz ___ |
| 3917 | The output of a certain two-supply class B push pull amplifier has a ___ |
| 3918 | A certain class A power amplifier delivers 5 W to a load with an input signal power of 100 mW ___ |
| 3919 | Two FET amplifier are cascaded ___ |
| 3920 | A certain common-drain (CD) amplifier with ___ |
| 3921 | If the load resistance is removed, the output voltage will ___ |
| 3922 | A CS amplifier has a load resistance of 10 kΩ and ___ |
| 3923 | If the source resistor is completely bypassed, the voltage gain is ___ |
| 3924 | In a certain common-source (CS) amplifier ___ |
| 3925 | For a certain p-channel JFET ___ |
| 3926 | The input resistance is ___ |
| 3927 | In a certain FET circuit ___ |
| 3928 | The overall gain found can be expressed in decibels as ___ |
| 3929 | A CE amplifier is driving a 10 kΩ load ___ |
| 3930 | In a common-emitter amplifier with voltage- divider bias ___ |
| 3931 | In a darlington pair configuration, each transistor has an ac beta of 125 ___ |
| 3932 | For a common-emitter amplifier ___ |
| 3933 | If a 10 mV signal is applied to the base of the emitter-follower circuit in, the output signal is approximately ___ |
| 3934 | The ac input resistance at the base is ___ |
| 3935 | If the dc emitter current in a certain transistor amplifier is 3 mA, the approximate value of r'<sub>e</sub> is |
| 3936 | In an emitter bias circuit ___ |
| 3937 | In a certain voltage-divider biased npn transistor, VB is 2.95 V ___ |
| 3938 | If the output of a transistor amplifier is 5 V rms and the input is 100 mV rms, the voltage gain is ___ |
| 3939 | The data sheet for a particular zener gives ___ |
| 3940 | For a certain 12 V zener diode, a 10 mA change in zener current produces a 0.1 V change in zener voltage ___ |
| 3941 | If the input voltage to a voltage tripler has an rms value of 12 V, the dc output voltage is approximately ___ |
| 3942 | A 60 V peak full-wave rectified voltage is applied to a capacitor-input filter ___ |
| 3943 | A certain power supply filter produces an output with a ripple of 100 mV peak-to-peak and a dc value of 20 V ___ |
| 3944 | When the rms output voltage of a bridge full wave rectifier is 20 V, the peak inverse voltage across the diodes is (neglecting the diode drop) ___ |
| 3945 | When the peak output voltage is 100 V, the PIV for each diode in a center-tapped full-wave rectifier is (neglecting the diode drop) ___ |
| 3946 | The average value of a full-wave rectified voltage with a peak value of 75 V is ___ |
| 3947 | For the circuit in, the diode must be able to withstand a reverse voltage of ___ |
| 3948 | The peak value of the input to a half-wave rectifier is 10 V ___ |
| 3949 | The average value of a half-wave rectified voltage with a peak value of 200 V is ___ |
| 3950 | A silicon diode is in series with 1.0 kΩ resistor and a 5 V battery ___ |
| 3951 | A ___ is a program which converts instruction written in a source language into machine code which can be read and acted upon by the computer |
| 3952 | Digital ICs are mostly ___ |
| 3953 | The arrow in the symbol of a transistor indicates the direction of ___ |
| 3954 | Ionization current which is a positive-ion current produced by collision between electrons and residual gas molecules in an electron tube is also called ___ |
| 3955 | For a conventional vacuum tube used in the UHF band ___ |
| 3956 | A cold cathode diode is used as ___ tube |
| 3957 | Ionization of cold cathode diode takes place at ___ plate potential compared to hot cathode gas diode |
| 3958 | When the gas pressure in a gas-filled diode is increased, its PIV rating ___ |
| 3959 | The ionization potential in a gas diode depends upon ___ |
| 3960 | The internal resistance of a gas-filled tube is ___ that of a vacuum tube |
| 3961 | Vacuum tube rectifiers are ___ affected by the changes in temperatures |
| 3962 | The typical application of a cold cathode tube is as a ___ |
| 3963 | What transformer secondary voltage is utilized in a center-tap circuit? |
| 3964 | A voltage amplifier is designed to have ___ |
| 3965 | The load resistance R in a triode amplifier should be nearly ___ for good amplification |
| 3966 | What is one advantage of a pentode tube over a triode? |
| 3967 | What is provided by transformer coupling? |
| 3968 | In directly heated cathode, filament and cathode are ___ |
| 3969 | What would cause the plate current to increase in a pentode tube? |
| 3970 | When a thyratron tube has fired one thing that will cause it to stop conducting is ___ |
| 3971 | Which of the following is a desirable characteristic of an emitter? |
| 3972 | Which emitter is used in high voltage (>10 kV) applications? |
| 3973 | A tube tester is used to check a triode’s transconductance, which is the ratio of ___ |
| 3974 | The screen grid is used to ___ |
| 3975 | One advantage of a mercury vapor diode over the high rectifier is ___ |
| 3976 | The internal resistance after ionization of a gas-filled tube is ___ |
| 3977 | Which thermionic emitter has the highest opening temperature? |
| 3978 | A directly heated cathode has ___ warm-up time |
| 3979 | What is the work function of an oxide coated cathode? |
| 3980 | Which emission is most widely used in practice? |
| 3981 | Oxide coated emitters have electron emission of ___ per watt of heated power |
| 3982 | What is the amount of additional energy required to emit an electron from the surface of a metal? |
| 3983 | What is the typical operating temperature of an oxide coated cathode? |
| 3984 | The unit of work function of metals ___ |
| 3985 | The electrons emitted by a thermionic emitter are called ___ |
| 3986 | The transconductance of a pentode is ___ a triode |
| 3987 | The equation that defines the ac plate resistance of a vacuum tube? |
| 3988 | The filament voltage is a direct measure of ___ |
| 3989 | A grid controlled vacuum tube acts as ___ |
| 3990 | What is the phase difference of the output and input voltage of a grounded-cathode amplifier? |
| 3991 | The nose in a gas-filled tube is that of a vacuum tube ___ |
| 3992 | What is the solid state equivalent of cold cathode diode? |
| 3993 | When the control grid of a triode is operated with positive potential with respect to cathode ___ |
| 3994 | Plate saturation results when ___ |
| 3995 | A vacuum tube is normally operated in the temperature saturation region ___ |
| 3996 | Field emission is utilized in the mechanism of ___ |
| 3997 | What is the real measure of valve’s amplification capability? |
| 3998 | Which emitter is most commonly used in the tubes of a radio receiver? |
| 3999 | What started the conduction in a cold cathode tube? |
| 4000 | The indirectly heated cathode of the diode is coated with ___ |
| 4001 | Which can be used for proper high frequency amplification? |
| 4002 | A vacuum diode acts as a switch ___ |
| 4003 | Valves in a radio receiver generally employ ___ heated cathodes |
| 4004 | Which of the following would have the most effect on decreasing the life of a vacuum tube? |
| 4005 | Which valve has the lowest amplification factor? |
| 4006 | For faithful amplification, the control grid should be ___ with respect to cathode |
| 4007 | The actual voltage gain of a triode amplifier is less than µ due to ___ |
| 4008 | A pentode is a ___ device |
| 4009 | A thyratron can be used as ___ |
| 4010 | For the same plate voltage, a gas diode can conduct ___ the equivalent vacuum diode |
| 4011 | The anode-cathode potential of a gas-filled tube at which gas de-ionizes and stops conduction is called ___ potential |
| 4012 | Voltage amplifiers are operated as ___ amplifiers |
| 4013 | Which provides the best frequency response? |
| 4014 | What is the unit of transconductance? |
| 4015 | A vacuum tube is a ___ device |
| 4016 | The plate resistance of a tube is mainly due to ___ |
| 4017 | The output stage of a practical amplifier always employs what coupling? |
| 4018 | The screen grid potential is kept ___ plate potential |
| 4019 | For the sample plate dissipation, the output power of a Class B push-pull circuit is nearly ___ that of Class A operation |
| 4020 | What is the typical plate efficiency of Class A amplifier? |
| 4021 | What operation results in severest distortion? |
| 4022 | A hard tube is defined as a tube with ___ |
| 4023 | Directly heated cathode require ___ amount of heating |
| 4024 | A vacuum diode acts as a rectifier because of its ___ conduction |
| 4025 | Direct coupling is used for ___ amplification |
| 4026 | What is the typical value of ac plate resistance for a triode? |
| 4027 | The ___ voltage should be reduced to zero to stop conduction in a thyratron |
| 4028 | Once a thyratron is fired, its control grid over palate current ___ |
| 4029 | A triode is normally operated with control grid at ___ potential with respect to cathode |
| 4030 | Which is the best tube for high frequency amplification? |
| 4031 | Which of the following defines the amplification factor of a vacuum tube? |
| 4032 | The voltage on the suppressor grid of a pentode is generally ___ |
| 4033 | The equation that defines the dc plate resistance of a vacuum tube ___ |
| 4034 | The peak inverse voltage of a diode is defined as the maximum allowable ___ |
| 4035 | The grid to palate capacitance is least in ___ valve |
| 4036 | What is the solid state equivalent of thyratron? |
| 4037 | The cathode heating time of thermionic glass diode is ___ that of a vacuum diode |
| 4038 | What is the typical life span of an oxide coated emitter? |
| 4039 | When the temperature of an emitter is increased two times, the electron emission ___ |
| 4040 | What emitter is used in X-ray tubes? |
| 4041 | The negative resistance characteristics of the tetrode is due to ___ |
| 4042 | Before ionisation, a gas- filled tube has a ___ resistance |
| 4043 | Which tube generates the greatest noise? |
| 4044 | A vacuum tube will conduct only if its plate is ___ with respect to the cathode |
| 4045 | Which generates the least noise in operation? |
| 4046 | A vacuum diode can be used as ___ |
| 4047 | For a given plate voltage, if negative potential on the control grid of triode is increased, the plate current ___ |
| 4048 | What are the two principal electrodes in every tube? |
| 4049 | Monolithic ICs are ___ |
| 4050 | In IC op-amps, one of the most important input characteristics is the ___ which is defined as the difference between the base currents |
| 4051 | When higher power ICs are needed, we can use ___ |
| 4052 | The summing amplifier has two or more inputs, and its output voltage is proportional to the ___ of the algebraic sum of its input voltages |
| 4053 | The package suffix code for ceramic dual-in-line is ___ |
| 4054 | What identifies the package style that houses the op amp chip? |
| 4055 | Which of the following is not part of the three temperature range codes of op amps for commercial, industrial and military applications? |
| 4056 | What is the letter prefix used by the Fairchild Semiconductor on their op-amp product? |
| 4057 | The letter prefix LM identifies which of the following manufacturers? |
| 4058 | The amplifier CMRR of µA 741 op-amplifier is ___ |
| 4059 | What is the absolute maximum rating for an op-amps differential input voltage? |
| 4060 | The absolute maximum rating for op-amps interval power dissipation is ___ |
| 4061 | What provides a parameter specifying the maximum rate of change of the output when driven by a large step-input signal? |
| 4062 | A device that contains its own transistors, resistors and diodes ___ |
| 4063 | A capacitor inside an op-amp that prevents oscillations ___ |
| 4064 | The rate of gain reduction in operational amplifers ___ |
| 4065 | The gain reduction in operational amplifier is known as ___ |
| 4066 | What is the principal method used in the fabrication of semiconductor devices for hybrid and monolithic ICs? |
| 4067 | If the base 10 is called decimal number system, then the base 12 is called ___ |
| 4068 | The unity gain frequency of an op-amp ___ |
| 4069 | Which of the items below is equivalent to a relaxation oscillator? |
| 4070 | The typical dimension of a diode in a single IC chip is ___ |
| 4071 | The typical dimension of a BJT in a single IC chip is ___ |
| 4072 | The unwanted capacitance between connecting wires and ground ___ |
| 4073 | The maximum rate that an output voltage of an op-amp can change ___ |
| 4074 | The typical dimension of a MOSFET in a single IC ship is ___ |
| 4075 | CMRR means ___ |
| 4076 | In IC op-amps, the input bias current is defined as the ___ |
| 4077 | The intel i486 32-bit microprocessor incorporates ___ transistors on a single chip |
| 4078 | A type of ground that appears at the inverting input of an op-amp that uses negative feedback |
| 4079 | The value of the input voltage that switches the output of a comparator or Schmitt trigger ___ |
| 4080 | The charge-coupled device (CCD) is a unique and versatile semiconductor structure invented in 1969 by ___ |
| 4081 | What is the most common method used for growth of single crystals for IC fabrication? |
| 4082 | What is the specific application of µA741C op-amp ___ |
| 4083 | Plastic dual-in-line for insertion into sockets has a package suffix code of ___ |
| 4084 | Considered as the fundamental form of IC ___ |
| 4085 | Microwave ICs cover the frequency range from ___ |
| 4086 | In an op-amp integrator, the feedback path consist of ___ |
| 4087 | In most modern IC op-amps, the 741 requires ___ power supplies |
| 4088 | To use a comparator for zero-level detection, the inverting input is connected to ___ |
| 4089 | An oscillator is described by ___ |
| 4090 | To convert a summing amplifier of an averaging amplifier ___ |
| 4091 | An integrated circuit for both astable and monostable applications ___ |
| 4092 | Most linear ICs are low-power devices with power dissipation ratings of ___ |
| 4093 | A technique used to eliminate the need for inductive elements in monolithic integrated circuits ___ |
| 4094 | The term monolithic is derived tom a combination of the Greek words monos and lithos which means ___ |
| 4095 | The ___ of an op amp is its voltage gain when there is no negative feedback |
| 4096 | What is the typical input bias current of a 741 operational amplifier? |
| 4097 | What specification of an operational amplifier which tells how fast the output voltage can change? |
| 4098 | What is the slew rate of a 741 operational amplifier? |
| 4099 | In terms of circuit components, what does the term pole refer to? |
| 4100 | What is the summing point in op-amps? |
| 4101 | What is the highest undistorted frequency out of an op-amp for a given slew rate and peak voltage? |
| 4102 | MPP value in an op-amp is synonymous with ___ |
| 4103 | A circuit whose components are soldered or otherwise connected mechanically ___ |
| 4104 | What is the approximate short circuit current output of 741 op amp? |
| 4105 | What is the package suffix code for a plastic dual-in-line for surface mounting on PC board? |
| 4106 | The three most common package suffix codes are the following except one ___ |
| 4107 | Most op-amps circuit use ___ |
| 4108 | An op-amp circuit that has its output tied directly to the inverting input terminal is called a ___ |
| 4109 | In the standard letter-number identification code of operational amplifiers, the letter prefix which normally consists of two or three letters identifies the ___ |
| 4110 | What is the typical total power dissipated by the operational amplifier? |
| 4111 | What is the most popular IC used in timing circuits? |
| 4112 | Which of the item below is an advantage of a shunt regulator over a series type? |
| 4113 | What is the most commonly used type of linear IC? |
| 4114 | A base circuit that a designer can modify to get more advanced circuits ___ |
| 4115 | A signal that is applied with equal strength to both inputs of a differential amplifier or an op-amp ___ |
| 4116 | Which of the following IC processes analog signals? |
| 4117 | An IC op-amp that combines FETs and bipolar transistors ___ |
| 4118 | For most commercial and industrial operations, ICs are tested in the temperature range of ___ |
| 4119 | ICs for military and space applications are tested in the temperature range of ___ |
| 4120 | Upon what principle does a relaxation oscillator operate? |
| 4121 | For a constant input voltage to an integrator, why is the voltage across the capacitor linear? |
| 4122 | After assembly, the ICs are tested and classified as either ___ |
| 4123 | What is the typical input resistance of the op-amp amplifier when measured under open loop? |
| 4124 | Dual-in-line pick up (DIP) is the most popular IC package because ___ |
| 4125 | ICs have advantages over discrete device circuits which is ___ |
| 4126 | How is the output of a differentiator related to the input in an op-amp? |
| 4127 | The reason why integrated circuits are divided into digital linear categories is because ___ |
| 4128 | What is VCO ___ |
| 4129 | Integrated circuits having up to 9 gates is called ___ |
| 4130 | Which integrated circuit is having 10 to 100 gates? |
| 4131 | The voltage gain of differential amplifier ___ |
| 4132 | Which of the choices below are sources of output offset voltage? |
| 4133 | Which integrated circuit is having more that 100 gates? |
| 4134 | An integrator op-amp uses what element in the feedback path? |
| 4135 | What characteristic does not apply to an op-amp? |
| 4136 | Which integrated circuit is having more than 1000 gates? |
| 4137 | What process is used to produce IC semiconductor elements? |
| 4138 | What is a complete electronic circuit, containing transistors, diodes, resistors and capacitors processed on and contained entirely within a single chip of silicon? |
| 4139 | The op-amp comparator circuit uses ___ |
| 4140 | What is the purpose of a comparator in op-amps? |
| 4141 | Which component cannot be fabricated into ICs? |
| 4142 | The integrated circuit was invented at Texas instrument in 1958 by ___ |
| 4143 | Which dynamometer type has uniform scale? |
| 4144 | Transmit time is the time taken by the electrons on holes to pass from ___ |
| 4145 | The ___ of a common collector configuration is unity |
| 4146 | Consider a zener diode with a slope resistance of 10 β in series with a 90 β resistor fed from a dc supply containing a ripple voltage of 20mV peak-to-peak ___ |
| 4147 | The ratio output rms power in watts to the input dc power in watts in the different amplifier class is called ___ |
| 4148 | The impedance of a load must match the impedance of the amplifier so that ___ |
| 4149 | Minimum interference with frequency response can be given by ___ |
| 4150 | The frequency response of the combined amplifier can be compared with ___ |
| 4151 | The total decibel voltage gain of two cascaded voltage amplifier where individual voltage gains are 10 and 100 is ___ |
| 4152 | The quiescent current of a FET amplifier is ___ |
| 4153 | When negative current feedback is applied to an amplifier, its output impedance ___ |
| 4154 | Transformer coupling can be used in ___ amplifiers |
| 4155 | The output transformer used in a power amplifier is a/an ___ transformer |
| 4156 | Power amplifiers generally use transformer coupling because transformer coupling provides ___ |
| 4157 | A complementary-symmetry amplifier has ___ |
| 4158 | The push-pull circuit must use ___ operation |
| 4159 | The driver stage usually employs ___ amplifier |
| 4160 | Comparatively, power amplifier has ___ β |
| 4161 | If the capacitor from emitter to ground in a common emitter amplifier is removed, the voltage gain ___ |
| 4162 | Find the voltage drop developed across a D’ Arsonval meter movement having an internal resistance of 1 kfi and a full deflection current of 150uA |
| 4163 | Class C amplifiers are used as ___ |
| 4164 | What is the maximum collector efficiency of a transformer coupled class A power amplifier? |
| 4165 | What is the maximum collector efficiency of a resistance loaded class A power amplifier? |
| 4166 | A class A power amplifier uses ___ transistor(s) |
| 4167 | In a common emitter amplifier, the capacitor from emitter to ground is called the ___ |
| 4168 | When amplifiers are cascaded ___ |
| 4169 | Which of the following is the other name of the output stage in an amplifier? |
| 4170 | CC configuration is used for impedance matching because its ___ |
| 4171 | Which of the item below does not describe a common emitter amplifier? |
| 4172 | What is the most important characteristic of a common collector amplifier? |
| 4173 | For highest power gain, what configuration is used? |
| 4174 | The capacitors are considered in the ac equivalent circuit of a ___ transistor amplifier |
| 4175 | When a transistor amplifier feeds a load of low resistance, its voltage gain will be ___ |
| 4176 | The output power of a transistor amplifier is more than the input power due to additional power supplied by ___ |
| 4177 | What is the ideal maximum voltage gain of a common collector amplifier? |
| 4178 | Calculate the ripples of the filter output if a dc and ac voltmeter is used and measures the output signal from a filter circuit of ___ |
| 4179 | The output signal of a common-collector amplifier is always ___ |
| 4180 | A common emitter circuit is also called circuit ___ |
| 4181 | What is the purpose of the emitter capacitor? |
| 4182 | The ac variations at the output side of power supply circuits are called ___ |
| 4183 | What is the purpose of dc conditions in a transistor? |
| 4184 | An open fuse circuit has a resistance equal to ___ |
| 4185 | An ideal differential amplifiers common mode rejection ratio is ___ |
| 4186 | The current in any branch of a transistor amplifier that is operating is ___ |
| 4187 | The current gain of an emitter follower is ___ |
| 4188 | What is the gain of an amplifier with negative feedback if the feedback factor is 0.01? |
| 4189 | At zero signal condition, a transistor sees ___ load |
| 4190 | When a FET with a lower transconductance is substituted into a FET amplifier circuit, what happens? |
| 4191 | The common base (CB) amplifier has a compared to CE and CC ___ amplifier |
| 4192 | When the collector supply is 5V, then collector cut off voltage under dc condition is ___ |
| 4193 | What is the device in a transistor oscillator? |
| 4194 | An oscillator converts ___ |
| 4195 | What is the approximate gain of an amplifier with negative feedback? |
| 4196 | In an LC circuit, when the capacitor energy is maximum, the inductor energy is ___ |
| 4197 | When a transistor is cut off ___ |
| 4198 | What is the desired input impedance of a transistor? |
| 4199 | #VALUE! |
| 4200 | What is the phase difference between the output and the input voltage of a CE amplifier? |
| 4201 | An amplifier with efficiency of 85% is likely to be ___ |
| 4202 | Which of the following is NOT an oscillator requirement? |
| 4203 | Series current negative feedback occurs when the feedback voltage is proportional to the output ___ |
| 4204 | The number of transistor in a single stage amplifier is ___ |
| 4205 | Which of the following is not a FET amplifier configuration? |
| 4206 | If you move towards an oscillating circuit, its frequency changes because of ___ |
| 4207 | What oscillator circuit uses a tapped coil in the tuned circuit? |
| 4208 | The stability of a regulated power supply is equivalent to ___ |
| 4209 | When shock-excited, a crystal will produce alternating emf longer than an LC circuit because ___ |
| 4210 | The power input to a power amplifier is ___ quantity |
| 4211 | A class A power amplifier is otherwise known as ___ |
| 4212 | In an LC oscillator, if the value of L is increased four times, then the frequency of oscillation is ___ |
| 4213 | Cascaded amplifiers total decibel gain is equal to ___ |
| 4214 | The frequency of the ripple voltage at the output of a full-wave rectifier at 60 cycles ___ |
| 4215 | The approximate operating frequency of a phase shift oscillator is given by ___ |
| 4216 | Which is a fixed-frequency oscillator ___ |
| 4217 | Parasitic oscillations are caused by ___ |
| 4218 | A buffer amplifier is used for ___ |
| 4219 | The signal generator generally used in laboratories is oscillator ___ |
| 4220 | Which of the following amplifier below is a choice when higher power gain is a requirement? |
| 4221 | Class A operation has a maximum possible efficiency of ___ percent |
| 4222 | In an LC oscillator, the frequency of oscillations is given by ___ |
| 4223 | Low efficiency of a power amplifier results in ___ |
| 4224 | Which operation gives the maximum distortion? |
| 4225 | The operating frequency of a Wien-bridge oscillator is given by ___ |
| 4226 | Quartz crystal is most commonly used in crystal oscillators because ___ |
| 4227 | Logic analyzer is used to ___ |
| 4228 | One of the items below is a characteristic of cascaded amplifiers? |
| 4229 | Emitter follower is used for ___ |
| 4230 | Feedback circuit usually employs ___ network |
| 4231 | In a phase shift oscillator, 180° phase-shift is obtained ___ |
| 4232 | To sustain oscillations, the power gain of the amplifier may be ___ |
| 4233 | What is the most stable sine-wave oscillator which uses piezo-electric quartz crystal? |
| 4234 | Class B operation has a maximum possible frequency of ___ percent |
| 4235 | When CE configuration is used for an oscillator, the voltage fed back must ___ |
| 4236 | What is the phase difference between voltage across collector load and signal voltage in a common emitter amplifier? |
| 4237 | What is the purpose of capacitors in a transistor amplifier? |
| 4238 | The output signal of CE amplifier is always ___ |
| 4239 | When the collector resistor in a common emitter amplifier is increased in value the voltage gain ___ |
| 4240 | In a Colpitt’s oscillator, feedback is obtained ___ |
| 4241 | When the gain versus frequency curve of a transistor amplifier is not flat, ___ distortion is present |
| 4242 | What is the most important consideration in power amplifiers? |
| 4243 | What application where one would most likely find a crystal oscillator? |
| 4244 | Emitter follower employs ___ negative feedback |
| 4245 | The term 1+ A β in the expression for gain with negative feedback is known as ___ |
| 4246 | The bandwidth of an amplifier ___ when negative feedback is applied |
| 4247 | The crystal oscillator frequency is very stable due to ___ of the crystal |
| 4248 | An emitter follower is equivalent to ___ |
| 4249 | What is the purpose of the bypass capacitor in a common-emitter amplifier? |
| 4250 | When crystal frequency increases with temperature, it has ___ temperature co- efficient |
| 4251 | Why is it that the size of a power transistor is made considerably large? |
| 4252 | What is usually employed at the output stage of an amplifier? |
| 4253 | The pad connects a 50 Ω generator to a 50 Ω load ___ |
| 4254 | What is the axis that connects the corners of a crystal? |
| 4255 | What is the typical Q of a crystal? |
| 4256 | The input resistance of a common emitter amplifier is affected by ___ |
| 4257 | What is the piezoelectric effect in a crystal? |
| 4258 | When the output of an amplifier is 10V and 100mV from the output is fed back to the input, feedback factor is ___ |
| 4259 | What is the most costly coupling? |
| 4260 | Which of the items below is not a description of the two-stage amplifier? |
| 4261 | What type of feedback is used in Wien bridge oscillator? |
| 4262 | What capacitors are used in transistor amplifiers? |
| 4263 | The input impedance of which amplifier depends strongly on load resistance? |
| 4264 | When the gain is 20 without feedback and 12 with negative feedback, feedback factor is ___ |
| 4265 | In phase-shift oscillator, what are the frequency determining elements? |
| 4266 | In a phase-shift oscillator, ___ RC sections are generally used |
| 4267 | What is the disadvantage of impedance matching? |
| 4268 | A pulsating dc applied to power amplifiers causes ___ |
| 4269 | Transformer coupling introduces what type of distortion? |
| 4270 | The frequency stability of the oscillator output is maximum in ___ oscillator |
| 4271 | For a constant output frequency, the simplest sinusoidal oscillator is the ___ |
| 4272 | What is the ratio of output to input impedance of a CE amplifier? |
| 4273 | A tuned amplifier is used in what application? |
| 4274 | Generally tuned amplifiers are operated in ___ |
| 4275 | An oscillator oscillates due to ___ |
| 4276 | Hartley oscillator is commonly used in which of the following? |
| 4277 | A transistor converts ___ |
| 4278 | An LC oscillator cannot be used to produce ___ frequencies |
| 4279 | When negative voltage feedback is applied to an amplifier, its output impedance ___ |
| 4280 | Transformer coupling provides high gain because ___ |
| 4281 | What is the main consideration in the output stage of an amplifier? |
| 4282 | In practice, what is normally varied in order to change the frequency of oscillation? |
| 4283 | In a multistage amplifier, if the stages have R and C component only, ___ operation is apparent |
| 4284 | What is the typical value of the emitter bypass capacitor CE in a multistage amplifier? |
| 4285 | The gain of an amplifier is expressed in dB unit because ___ |
| 4286 | Negative feedback is employed in ___ |
| 4287 | The gain of an amplifier with feedback is known as ___ gain |
| 4288 | If Av is 50 Ai is 200, what is the power gain of a common emitter amplifier? |
| 4289 | The three amplifiers are connected in a multistage arrangement each with a voltage gain of 30 ___ |
| 4290 | In the initial stages of a multistage amplifier, ___ coupling is used |
| 4291 | Which of the following is provided by a CB transistor amplifier? |
| 4292 | The simplest variable frequency sinusoidal oscillator is the ___ |
| 4293 | The frequency response of transformer coupling is ___ |
| 4294 | A pair of filter common on high fidelity system which separate audio frequency band signals into two separate groups, where one is fed to the tweeter and the other to the woofer is called ___ |
| 4295 | Given three amplifiers with a gain of 10 and are connected in cascade ___ |
| 4296 | What is the reason why RC coupling is not used to amplify extremely low frequencies? |
| 4297 | What electronic circuit converts AC to DC where the DC output peak value can be greater than the AC input peak value ___ |
| 4298 | A cold-cathode glow-discharge diode having a copper anode and a large cathode of sodium or other material ___ |
| 4299 | Avalanche breakdown in a semiconductor takes place ___ |
| 4300 | At absolute zero temperature, a semiconductor behaves as a/an ___ |
| 4301 | What is the typical operating current of an LED ___ |
| 4302 | What device uses a material catwhisker as its anode and is classified as a hot-carrier diode ___ |
| 4303 | The creation voltage in a conductor or semiconductor by illumination of one surface ___ |
| 4304 | An effect that occurs within the entire bulk of a semiconductor material rather than in a localized region or junction ___ |
| 4305 | What is also known as photodiffusion effect ___ |
| 4306 | The property or ability of a material to support charge flow or electron flow ___ |
| 4307 | A lightly doped semiconductor has ___ |
| 4308 | Gallium arsenide, aluminum arsenide and gallium phosphide are classified as ___ |
| 4309 | A heavily doped semiconductor has ___ |
| 4310 | The time it takes to turn off a forward-biased diode is called the ___ |
| 4311 | A class amplifier stage operates with a small forward bias of the transistor so that some collector current flows at all times ___ |
| 4312 | A large signal amplifier which is biased so that current is non zero for less than one-half cycle ___ |
| 4313 | A large signal amplifier which is biased so that collector current flow continuously during the complete electrical cycle of the signal as well as when no signal is present ___ |
| 4314 | The temperature coefficient of resistance of a semiconductor is ___ |
| 4315 | Defined as random motion of holes and free electrons due to thermal agitation ___ |
| 4316 | Varistors are used for line filtering to eliminate spikes and dips and is also called ___ |
| 4317 | What diode has no depletion layer ___ |
| 4318 | The varactor diode is also called as ___ |
| 4319 | Which of the choices below does not describe a clipper circuit ___ |
| 4320 | The removal by electronic means of one extremity of an input waveform is called ___ |
| 4321 | The resistance of a forward biased pn junction is in the order of ___ |
| 4322 | Typical leakage current in a pn junction is in the order of ___ |
| 4323 | The average dc voltage of a full wave rectifier circuit is ___ of the value of the peak input voltage |
| 4324 | The averaged dc voltage of a half wave rectifier circuit is ___ of the value of the peak input voltage |
| 4325 | For a full-wave rectifier, the output frequency ___ |
| 4326 | The frequency of a half-wave signal is ___ |
| 4327 | Which of the following has the highest input impedance ___ |
| 4328 | Which of the following has the least noise level ___ |
| 4329 | When doping increases, ___ of a semiconductor decreases |
| 4330 | A full-wave signal has a period of ___ |
| 4331 | A half-wave signal has a period of ___ |
| 4332 | Two pn silicon diodes are connected in series opposing ___ |
| 4333 | When both emitter and collector junction are forward biased, the transistor is said to be at ___ region |
| 4334 | When the emitter junction is forward biased while the collector junction is reverse biased, the transistor is at ___ region |
| 4335 | Optocoupler is otherwise known as ___ |
| 4336 | An LED and phototransistor is equivalent to a/an ___ |
| 4337 | Atomic weight of silicon at 300 K is ___ |
| 4338 | Approximately, the atomic weight of germanium is ___ |
| 4339 | The time taken by the diode to operate in the reversed condition from forward conduction ___ |
| 4340 | The reverse bias diode capacitance is termed as ___ |
| 4341 | What is the typical bulk resistance of rectifier diodes ___ |
| 4342 | The sum of the resistance of the p-region and the n-region is called ___ |
| 4343 | A diode is a nonlinear device because ___ |
| 4344 | The most important application of schottky diodes is in ___ |
| 4345 | What is the other name of Esaki diode ___ |
| 4346 | The maximum reverse voltage that can be applied before current surges is called ___ |
| 4347 | One of the important diode parameters which gives the magnitude of current the diode candle without burning ___ |
| 4348 | What is the input control parameter of a FET ___ |
| 4349 | What temperature is inside the diode, right at the junction of the p and n-type materials ___ |
| 4350 | Zener effect only depends on the ___ |
| 4351 | The creation of free electrons through zener effect is also known as ___ |
| 4352 | Avalanche effects occurs at ___ |
| 4353 | When temperature increases, barrier potential ___ |
| 4354 | Each pair of positive and negative ions at the junction is called a/an ___ |
| 4355 | The barrier potential for a silicon diode at 25ËšC is approximately ___ |
| 4356 | What is the barrier potential of germanium at 25ËšC ___ |
| 4357 | ___ in an n-type semiconductor, holes are called |
| 4358 | In an n-type semiconductor, free electrons are called ___ |
| 4359 | Which is a donor atom ___ |
| 4360 | An acceptor atom is also called ___ |
| 4361 | What is another name for a pn crystal ___ |
| 4362 | Silicon that has been doped with a pentavalent impurity is called a/an ___ |
| 4363 | Silicon that has been doped with a trivalent impurity is called a/an ___ |
| 4364 | The peak inverse voltage of a half wave rectifier circuit is approximately equal to the ___ of the input signal |
| 4365 | What is associated with random motion due to thermal agitation in the movement of holes and electrons in a silicon crystal ___ |
| 4366 | An extrinsic semiconductor is a ___ |
| 4367 | At room temperature, a silicon crystal acts approximately like a/an ___ |
| 4368 | A silicon crystal is an intrinsic semiconductor ___ |
| 4369 | Lifetime is the amount of time between the creation and disappearance of a/an ___ |
| 4370 | Each atom in the silicon crystal has how many electrons in its valence orbit ___ |
| 4371 | What is considered as the key electrical conductivity ___ |
| 4372 | Diffusion or storage capacitance is the term used to refer to ___ |
| 4373 | The peak inverse voltage of a full wave center tapped rectifier circuit is equal to ___ of the input signal |
| 4374 | Pure silicon crystal atoms contain how may valence electrons as a result of covalent bonding ___ |
| 4375 | ___ is a substance that contains atoms with several bands of electrons but with only one valence electron |
| 4376 | What orbit controls the electrical property of the atom ___ |
| 4377 | A semiconductor is an element with a valence of ___ |
| 4378 | There are two mechanisms by which holes and electrons move through a silicon crystal ___ |
| 4379 | A diode modeling circuit which considers the threshold voltage, average resistance and switch as the diode’s equivalent circuit ___ |
| 4380 | For either germanium or silicon diodes, the barrier potential decreases ___ for each Celsius degree rise |
| 4381 | K shell means ___ |
| 4382 | Valence orbit is the other form for ___ |
| 4383 | A semiconductor in its purest form is called ___ |
| 4384 | A transistor configuration with the lowest current gain ___ |
| 4385 | The electrons in the largest orbit travel ___ than the electrons in the smaller orbits |
| 4386 | The reason why electrons are not pulled into the nucleus of an atom ___ |
| 4387 | Varactor diodes are commonly used ___ |
| 4388 | The maximum permissible number of electrons in the third orbit is ___ |
| 4389 | How many electrons are there in the fourth orbit of a copper atom ___ |
| 4390 | About the Analog Electronics MCQ category |